You are on page 1of 97

-

MIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986 SUPERSEDING MIL-STD-Z71E(SHIPS) 31 October 1973 ( S e e9 . 2 )

MILITARY STANDARD REQUIREMENTS FOR NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING METHODS

AMSC N/A DISTRIBUTI ON STATEMENT A

AREA NDTI Approved f o r p u b l i c release; d i s t r i b u t i o n u n l i m i t e d

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

/THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS

97

- .-

PAGES.

' '

Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

NIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986

DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY NAVAL SEA SYSTENS CONNAND


Washington, DC Requirements for Nondestructive
20362-5101

Testing

Methods.

1. This Standard is approved for use by the Naval Sea Systems Command (NAVSEA) and is available for use by all Departments and Agencies of the Department of Defense.

2. For contracts or acquisition orders which invoke priox issues of this document, the contractor shall not use this issue without prior contractual approval.
3 . Beneficial comments (recommendations, additions, deletions) and any pertinent data which may be of use in improving this document should be addressed to: Commander, Naval Sea Systems Command, 5523, SEA Department of the Navy, Washington, DC 20362-5101 by using the self-addressed Standardization Document of this documentor by Improvement Proposal(DD Form 1426) appearing at the end letter.

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

ii

Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

r -

MIL-STD-271F ND W 7777933 0057830 O W


~~

MIL-STD-Z71F(SH) 27 June 1986

FOREWORD

T h i ss t a n d a r dc o v e r sn o n d e s t r u c t i v et e s t i n g method requirements f o r r a d i o g r a p h i c ,m a g n e t i cp a r t i c l e ,l i q u i dp e n e t r a n t ,u l t r a s o n i c , eddy c u r r e n ta n d are d e s i g n e dt oe n s u r et h ei n t e g r i t y and v i s u a li n s p e c t i o n s .T h e s er e q u i r e m e n t s r e l i a b i l i t y of i n s p e c t i o n sp e r f o r m e d .T h i ss t a n d a r dd o e sn o tc o n t a i na c c e p t a n c e criteria for the inspection methods d e f i n e d .

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

iii

Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

.--

FlIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June1986

CONTENTS

Page
Paragraph
1 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.5.1

1.5.2 1.5.3 1.5.4 1.5.5 1.5.6 1.5.7 1.6 1.6.1 1.6.1.1 1.6.1.2 1.6.2 1.6.3 1.6.5 1.6.5.1 1.6.5.2 1.6.6 1.7 1.8

SCOPE General Classification Acceptance standards Time o fi n s p e c t i o n .............................. G e n e r a ld e f i n i t i o n s Authorizedrepresentativeofthe NavalSea Systems Command (NAVSEA) Government i n s p e c t o r A c t i v i t y ........................................ Nominal t h i c k n e s s N o n d e s t r u c t i v et e s te x a m i n e r Nondestructive t e s t o p e r a t o r N o n d e s t r u c t i v et e s ti n s p e c t o r Nondestructive t e s t p e r s o n n e l c e r t i f i c a t i o n P e r s o n n e lq u a l i f i c a t i o nr e q u i r e m e n t s Hours o f t r a i n i n g and e x p e r i e n c e Other methods Certificationofpersonnel Recertification V i s i o nt e s t s General ......................................... B r i g h t n e s sd i s c r i m i n a t i o n Records P r o c e d u r e q u a l i f i c a t i o n andapproval Maintenanceofinspectionrecords ...............

............................................ ......................................... ..................................

............................ .............................

1 1 1 1 1 2
2

............................

.......................

2
2

............................... ..................... .................... ................... ..... ............ ................ ................................... ...................... ................................. .................................... ....................... ......................................... ............

2 2 2 2 2 3
3 3

3 3 3 3 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 6

2 APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS ............................. 2.1 Government documents 2.1 S.p 1e c i f i c a t i o n s and s t a n d a r d s O pt u 2 h b .e 2 lr ications precedence Order 2.3 of

............................ .................... .............................. .............................

iv
I
Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
..

Corp Specs/9957810104 -~Licensee=VSE . .


. .

Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

3 3.1 3.1.1' 3.1.2 3.1.3 3.1.4 3.1.5 3.1.6 3.1.7 3.1.8 3.1.9 3.1.10 3.1.11 3.1.12 3.1.13 3.1.14

RADIOGRAPHY ...................................... Definitions Energy F i l mh o l d e r so rc a s s e t t e s F i l t e r s ......................................... I n t e n s i f y i n gs c r e e n s M a t e r i a l t h i c k n e s s (T. ) Maximum e f f e c t i v e r a d i a t i o n s o u r c e d i m e n s i o n W u l t i p l ef i l mt e c h n i q u e Penetrameter P e n e t r a m e t e rs e n s i t i v i t y Radiograph R a d i o g r a h i cf i l md e n s i t y Radiographicinspection R a d i o g r a p h i c a l l ys i m i l a rm a t e r i a l s Shielding

..................................... .......................................... ....................... ............................ ......................... .... ......................... .................................... ........................ ....................................... ........................ ......................... .............. .......................................

7
7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 8 8 8

FfIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986

CONTENTS . Continued

Page
-Paragraph 3.1.15 . 3-1.16 3.1.17 3.2 3.2.1 3.2.1.1 3.2.2 3.2.2.1 3.2.2.2 3.3 3.3.1 3.3.2 3.3.3 3.3.3.1 3.3.3.2 3.3.3.3 3.3.4 3.3.5 3.3.6 3.3.7 3.3.8 3.3.9 3.3.10 3.3.11 3.3.12 3.3.13 3.3.14 3.3.15 3.4 3.4.1.2 3.4.2 3.4.3 3.4.4 3.4.4.1 3.4.4.2 3.4.5 3.4.6 3.4.6.1 3.4.6.1.1 3.4.6.1.2 3.4.6.1.3 3.4.6.2 Source ........................................ S o u r c e - t o - f i l md i s t a n c e ....................... Specimen t h i c k n e s s (T. ) ........................ General requirements .......................... E x t e n to fr a d i o g r a p h i ci n s p e c t i o n ............. RadiographicShootingSketch (RSS) f o r c a s t i n g s ...................................... Radiographicprocedure ........................ Minimum radiographicprocedurerequirements ... S u r v e yo fr a d i o g r a p h i cf a c i l i t i e s ............. Radiographyrequirements ...................... D i r e c t i o no fr a d i a t i o n ........................ S c r e e n s ,f i l t e r s , and masking ................. Film .......................................... F i l m q u a l i t y .................................. F i l md e n s i t y .................................. M u l t i p l ef i l mt e c h n i q u e s ...................... F i l m l e s st e c h n i q u e s ........................... R a d i a t i o ns o u r c e s ............................. S o u r c e - t o - f i l md i s t a n c e ....................... Radiographiclocationmarkers ................. F i l m i d e n t i f i c a t i o n ........................... Maintenanceofradiographicrecords ........... Darkroom f a c i l i t i e s ............................ F i l m viewing f a c i l i t i e s ....................... Surfacepreparationof componentsandwelds p r i o rt or a d i o g r a p h y ......................... S a f e t y ........................................ I n t e r p r e t a t i o n of radiographs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Radiographic records .......................... Penetrameters ................................. P e n e t r a m e t e rm a t e r i a l ......................... Dissimilarmetalwelds ........................ Othermetals .................................. ' P e n e t r a m e t e rd i m e n s i o n s ....................... L P e, n q t r a m e t e ri d e n t i f i c a t i o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pene2Kameter s e l e c t i o n ........................ ....................................... Welds C a s t i n g s and f o r g i n g s ......................... Acceptanc standards .......................... Number, l o a t i o n , and placement of penet r a m e t e r s .................................... P e n e t r a m e t e rl o c a t i o n ......................... Film-sidepenetrametertechnique(doublewallexp'sure) ............................... Film-s p ie n e t r a m e t etr e c h n i q u( es i n g l e xposure) ............................... S e p a r a t e block penetrameter technique ......... R e q u i r e m e n t sf o rc a s t i n g and f o r g i n g s . . . . . . . . .

-*

8 9 9 9
9 9

9 10 10 10 11 11 11 11 12 12 12 12 12 13 13 13 13 14 14 14 15 15 15 17 17 17 17
17 17

.
--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

'8, d
\i

17 18 18 18

V
Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

PiIL-STD-27lF(SII) 27 June 1986

CONTENTS . Continued
Page Paragraph 3.4.6.3 3.5 3.5.1 3.5.2 3.6 3.6.1 3.6.2 3.7 3.7.1 3.7.2 3.7.2.1 3.7.2.2 3.8 3.9 3.10 3.11 4 4.1 4.2 4.2.1 4.2.2 4.2.3 4.2.4 4.2.5 4.2.6 4.2.7 4.2.8 4.2.9 4.2.10 4.2.11 4.3 4.3.1 4.3.1.1 4.3.1.1.1 4.3.1.2 4.3.1.3 4.3.1.3.1 4.3.1.3.2 4.3.1.4 4.3.1.5 4.3.1.5.1 4.3.1.6 4.3.1.6.1 4.3.1.6.2 4.3.1.7

...................... ................ ................. .................... ..... ..................... ..................... .... .... ........................ ................. ........ ................. MAGNETIC PARTICLE TESTING .................... Intendeduse ................................ D e f i n i t i o n s ................................. Arc s t r i k e s ................................. B l a c kl i g h t ................................. C i r c u l a r method ............................ Continuous method ...........................
Requirements for welds Shims ....................................... Shims f o b r acking ring welds Shims f o r consumable i n s e rw t elds ........... R a d i o g r a p h iq cu a l i t y levels -X--ray radiography ........................... Radioisotope radiography S i n g l e - w a l l and double-wall radiography Single-wall radiography Double-wall radiography Double-wall exposure/single-wall viewing Double-wall exposure/double-wall viewing Radiography of parts Radiography of r e p a iw r elds Radiography of castings and forgings Radiographic film ownership Fluorescence ................................ Longitudinal method ......................... M a g n e t i cp a r t i c l e s Residual method ............................. Relevant indications I n d i c a t i o n .................................. N o n - r e l e v a n ti n d i c a t i o n s Magnetic p a r t i c l ei n s p e c t i o nr e q u i r e m e n t s Generalrequirements Method ...................................... Lightingintest area Procedure S u r f a c ep r e p a r a t i o n Cleaning andmasking C l e a n i n gs o l u t i o n Directionofmagnetization .................. Demagnetizingapparatus Demagnetization Equipment accuracy Dc p o r t a b l e p r o d and s t a t i o n a r y m a g n e t i c p a r t i c l e equipment Yoke equipment Magnetizingcurrent

18 20 20 20 20 21 21 22 22 22 22 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 26 26 26 26 27 27 27 27 27 27

.......................... ........................ .................... ... ........................ ....................... ................................... ......................... ........................ ........................... ..................... ............................. .......................... ......................... .............................. .........................

vi
Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

PIIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986

CONTENTS

.Continued

Paragraph

4.3.2 4.3.2.1 4.3.2.1.1 4.3.2.2 4.3.2.2.1 4.3.2.3 4.3.2.4 4.3.2.5 4.3.2.5.1 4.3.2.5.2 4.3.2.5.3 4.3.2.5.4 4.3.2.5.5 4.3.2.5.6 4.3.2.5.7 4.3.2.6 4.3.2.6.1 4.3.3 4.3.3.1 4.3.3.2 4.3.3.2.1 4.3.3.3 4.3.3.3.1 4.3.3.3.2 4.3.3.3.3 4.3.3.3.4 4.3.3.4 4.3.3.4.1 4.3.3.4.2 4.3.3.4.3 4.4 4.5 4.6 5 5.1 5.2 5.2.1 5.2.2 5.2.3 5.2.4 5.2.5 5.2.6 5.2.7

Wet method .................................. ........................ Generalrequirements ................................... Equipment Vehicles .................................... ......................... Cleaning and drying .......................... Magnetic particles Suspensions .................................. Procedure ................................... .......................... Continuousmethods Residual method ............................. C i r c u l a r m a g n e t i z a t i o n ; c e n t r a lc o n d u c t o r ( i n d i r e c t method) .......................... C i r c u l a r m a g n e t i z a t i o n ; itemasconductor ( d i r e c t method) ............................ C i r c u l a r m a g n e t i z a t i o n ; magnetizing c u r r e n t .................................... Longitudinal magnetization .................. Longitudina m l a g n e t i z i nc gu r r e n t ............ Maintenance of suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Concentration os fu s p e n s i o n test ............ Dry powder method ........................... Generalrequirementsformagnetic p a r t i c l e s .................................. A p p l y i np ga r t i c l e s .......................... Removal of e x c e s p s articles ................. Magnetizing procedures ...................... Circula m r agnetization ...................... Longitudinal magnetization .................. Yoke magnetization .......................... Magnetizing current (prod methods) .......... Magnetizing technique (yoke and prod) ....... Weld i n s p e c t i o n ............................. Base metal .................................. Continuous method ........................... N o n - r e l e v ai nn td i c a t i o n s .................... Fina cl e a n i n g .............................. Arc s t r i k e s .................................
LIQUID PENETRANT TESTING ..................... Intended use ................................ D e f i n i t i o n s ................................. Developers .................................. Black l i g h t ................................. E m u l s i f i e r .................................. S e l f - e m u l s i f i a b l e ........................... P o s t - e m u l s i f i a b l e ........................... P e n e t r a n t remover ........................... Fluorescence ................................

27 27 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 29 29 29 29 29 29 30 30 30 30 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 33 33 33

Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

vii
Licensee=VSE . . . . Corp . Specs/9957810104 . Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST
~~

MIL-STD-27LF

ND

m 7777733

0057835 T

MIL-STD-Z71F(SH)

27 June 1986
CONTENTS

. Continued
Page

Paragraph

5.3 5.3.1 5.4 5.4.1 5.4.2 5.4.2.1 5.5 5.5.1 5.5.2 5.6 5.6.1 5.6.2 5.6.3 5.6.3.1 5.6.4 5.6.4.1 5.6.4.3 5.6.4.4 5.6.5 5.6.5.1 5.6.5.2 5.6.6 5.6.6.1 5.6.6.2 5.6.6.3 5.6.7 5.6.8 5.6.9 5.7 6. 6.1 6.1.1 6.1.2 6.1.3 6.1.4 6.1.5 6.1.6 6.1.7 6.1.8 6.1.9 6.1.10 6.1.11 6.1.12 6.1.13 6.1.14 6.1.15 6.1.16

............................ ............. .......................... ........................ ..................................... ................. ........................... .......................... ............................. ............................... .......................... ................................... .............................. II, V ...................................... .......................... .................... ........................... ........................ ................................ .............................. .......................... ...................... ...................... ................................. ......................... .......................... ................................ . .......................... ....... .......................... ULTRASONIC TESTING .. .......................... D e f i n i t i o n s ........ .......................... Acousticallysimilar material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . .......................... Amplitude r e j e c t i o n1eve1 (ARL) ............... Angle beam t e s t i n g . .......................... A-scan ........................................ As-welded c o n d i t i o n ........................... Attenuation ................................... Back r e f l e c t i o n ............................... C a l i b r a t i o n ................................... C a l i b r a t i o ns t a n d a r d .......................... Cathoderaytube .............................. Classofweld ................................. Compressional wave ............................ Continuous scan ............................... Couplant ...................................... Delaycontrol .................................
I n s p e c t i o n methods Type of l i q u i d p e n e t r a n t m a t e r i a l General requirements Equipment requirements Procedure Change o f p e n e t r a n t m a t e r i a l s S u r f a c ep r e p a r a t i o n General requirements F i n i s h e ds u r f a c e s Testprocedures P r e - t e s tc l e a n l i n e s s Temperature P e n e t r a t i o n time A p p l i c a t i o n o f e m u l s i f i e r( g r o u p s and VI) Removal o fp e n e t r a n t Groups I and VI1 m a t e r i a l s Groups I I , V and V I Groups I I I and I V only S u r f a c ed r y i n g Groups I and VI1 Groups II through V I A p p l i c a t i o n of developer Nonaqueous wet developer Dry developer Aqueous wet developer L i g h t i n gi nt e s ta r e a F i n a lc l e a n i n g S a f e t yp r e c a u t i o n s T e s tr e s u l t s vii

33 33 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 35 35 35 35 35 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39
--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

NIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986


COhTENTS . Continued

Page
Paragraph
6.1.17 6.1.18 6.1.19 6.1.20 6.1.21 6.1.22 6.1.23 6.1.24 6.1.25 6.1.26 6.1.27 6.1.28 6.1.29 6.1.30 6.1.31 6.1.32 6.1.33 6.1.34 6.1.35 6.1.36 6.1.37 6.1.38 6.1.39 6.1.40 6.1.41 6.2 6.2.1 6.2.2 6.2.3 6.2.4 6.2.5 6.2.6 6.3 6.4 6.4.1 6.4.1.1 6.4.1.2 6.4.1.3 6.4.1.4 6.4.2 6.4.2.1 6.4.3 6.4.4 6.5 6.5.1 6.5.1.1

.
.
. . .
1

iX
Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=VSE Corp . . . . . . . . . Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST
~~

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

D i s c o n t i n u i t y ................................. D i s r e g a rld evel (DRL) ......................... Frequency ..................................... F u lslc r e e h ne i g h t ............................ Gain control .................................. I I W block ..................................... I n d i c a t i o n .................................... I n i t i ap lu l s e ................................. I n t e r f a c e ..................................... L i n e a r i t y ..................................... L o n g i t u d i n a l wave ............................. Megahertz (MHz) ............................... Peak i n d i c a t i o n ............................... R e f e r e n cc ea l i b r a t i o s nt a n d a r d ................ R e f l e c t i o n .................................... R e s o l u t i o n .................................... Scanning ...................................... S e a r cu hn i t ................................... S e n s i t i v i t y ................................... Shear waves ................................... Skip distance angle beam t e s t i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Test urface .................................. Transducer .................................... Ultrasonic test s e n s i t i v i t y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ultrasonicalls yo u n m d aterial ................. Procedure and t e s t methods .................... T e s t method s e l e c t i o n ......................... S u r f a cfe inish ................................ Testin sg peed ................................. Couplant ...................................... T e s t symbols .................................. C a l i b r a t i o n ................................... Equipment ..................................... General requirements .......................... Equipment requirements ........................ Basic i n s t r u m e nq t ualification - pulse echo ... Shear wave t r a n s d u c e r ......................... B a s i ci n s t r u m e n tq u a l i f i c a t i o n - thickness gauge ........................................ Frequency of b a s i c i n s t r u m e nq t ualification ... Inspectio p n rocedure .......................... Procedur re equalification ..................... D i s c o n t i n u i te y valuation ...................... Records ....................................... T e s t methods .................................. Forgings, wrought and e x t r u d e d material ....... T e sc t a l i b r a t i o nl,o n g i t u d i n a l wave . . . . . . . . . . .

39 39 39 39 39 39 39 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 41 41 41 41 41 41 41 41 41 41 42 42 42 42 42 42 43 43 43 43 44 44 44 04 44 44

~~IL-sTD-~~L ND F

4 4 7 ~ ~ L0 L 059837 3

NIL-STD-271F(SH)
27 June 1986
--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

CONTENTS . Continued

Page

Paragraph 6.5.1.2 forgings Ring T e s t c a l i b r a t is oh ne , ar wave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.5.1.2.1 6.5.1.2.2 T e s t ...................................... 6.5.1.2 L .3 ongitudinal wave t e s t s of r i f no gr g i n g s 6.5.1.2.3 T .1 e cs atl i b r a t i o ln o ,n g i t u d i n a l wave ....... 6.5.1.2.3 T .e 2s t i n g - l o n g i t u d i n a l wave 6R .5 e.c 1 t.a 3 n fo gr u g li an rg s 6.5.1.3.1 T e s t calibratil oo nn ,gitudinal wave ....... 6 . 5 . 1 .T 3. e2 sting - l o n g i t u d i n a l wave 6.5.1.4 Round and m u l t i s i dfe o d r go er d wrought b a ri sn c l u d i n g disc o r pancake forgings .. 6.5.1.4.1 Test c a l i b r a t i l oo nn ,gitudinal wave . . . . . . . 6 . 5 . 1 .T 4. e2 sting l o n g i t u d i n a l wave 6.5.2 P l a t e and s h e e t ........................... 6.5.2.1 S u r f a c ep r e p a r a t i o n ....................... 6.5.2.2 Shear wave t e s t i n g t e c h n i q u e T e s tc a l i b r a t i o n 6.5.2.2.1 6.5.2.2.2 Grid t e s t procedure 6.5.2.2.3 Continuousscanningprocedure ............. 6.5.2.3 Longitudinal wave t e s t i n g t e c h n i q u e 6.5.2.3.1 T e s t i n gc a l i b r a t i o n T e s tp r o c e d u r e s ........................... 6.5.2.3.2 6.5.2.3.2.1 Continuous method S t a t i c method 6.5.2.3.2.2 6.5.3 Pipes and t u b e s . seamless Test c a l i b r a t i o n . r a d i a l d e f e c t s 6.5.3.2 detection 6.5.3.3 T e s t .r a d i a ld e f e c t s ...................... 6.5.4 U l t r a s o n i ci n s p e c t i o no f weldments Scope 6.5.4.1 6.5.4.2 General requirements Scanning 6.5.4.2.1 S u r f a c ef i n i s h 6.5.4.2.2 Limitations 6.5.4.2.3 R e f e r e n c ec a l i b r a t i o ns t a n d a r d s 6.5.4.2.4 Buttwelds.cornerwelds and t e e welds f o r 6.5.4.2.4.1 discontinuitiesintothethrough member Detectionoflackofpenetration in full . 6.5.4.2.4.2 p e n e t r a t i o n t e e welds S p e c i f i cr e q u i r e m e n t sf o rb u t ta n dc o r n e r 6.5.4.3 welds Instrument 6.5.4.3.1 S e a r c hu n i t s 6.5.4.3.2 Calibration 6.5.4.3.3 Class I welds 6.5.4.3.3.1 Class I I and I I I welds 6.5.4.3.3.2 Procedure 6.5.4.3.4 6.5.4.3.4.1 L o n g i t u d i n a ld i s c o n t i n u i t i e s ..............

.............................

.. ............... ...................... ...............


...............

45 45 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 47 47 47 47 47 47

....................... ....... ....................... ......................... ............................. ................ ................................ ........ ..................................... ...................... .................................. ............................ ...............................

.............. ..........................

47
48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 51 51 51

...........
..

.................... .................................... ................................ .............................. ............................... ............................. .................... .................................

X
Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

.
L
=

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

. .

MIL-STD-271F
~

ND
llIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986

CONTENTS

. Continued
Page
51 52 52 52 52 52 52 53 53 53 53 53 54 54 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 56 56 56 57 57 57 57 57 57 57 57 57 57 58 58 58 58 58 58 58

Paragraph

6.5.4.3.4.2 6.5.4.3.4.3 6.5.4.3.4.4 6.5.4.4 6.5.4.4.1 6.5.4.4.1.1 6.5.4.4.1.2 6.5.4.4.1.3 6.5.4.4.2 6.5.4.4.2.1 6.5.4.4.2.2 6.5.4.4.2.3 6.5.4.4.2.4 6.5.4.5 6.6 6.6.1 6.6.2 6.6.3 6.7 6.7.1 6.7.1.1 -6.7.2 6.7.3 6.7.4 6.7.4.1 6.7.4.2 6.7.4.3 6.7.4.4 6.7.5 6.7.6 7 7.1 7.2 7.2.1 7.2.2 7.2.3 7.3 7.3.1 7.3.1.1 7.3.1.2 7.3.2 7.3.3 7.4

................ T r a n s v e r s ed i s c o n t i n u i t i e s Compressional wave D i s c o n t i n u i t ye v a l u a t i o n .................. Specificrequirementsforweldsoftee j o i n t s ................................... D e t e c t i o n of l a c k o f p e n e t r a t i o n i n f u l l p e n e t r a t i o n t e e welds S e a r c hu n i t s Calibration Procedure ................................. Detectionofdiscontinuitiesintothe through member ........................... Inspectionzone ........................... S e a r c hu n i t s .............................. C a l i b r a t i o n ............................... Procedure ................................. R e c o r do fi n s p e c t i o nr e s u l t s .............. Thickness measurements .................... Scope ..................................... C a l i b r a t i o n ............................... Method .................................... Bonding ................................... Scope ..................................... Method Transducers ................................ C a l i b r a t i o no ft e s t equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . Scanning .................................. Continuous scanning ....................... I n t e r m i t t e n t s c a n n i n g ..................... Calibration for ultrasonic testing of ..................... n o n p a r a l l e ls u r f a c e s Continuous scanning of nonparallel s u r f a c e .................................. Marking ................................... Flaw p l o t t i n g .............................

........................

.................... ............................... ...............................

....................................

EDDY CURRENT TESTING ....................... Scope ..................................... D e f i n i t i o n s ............................... End ( e d g e )e f f e c t ......................... L i f t - o f fe f f e c t ........................... Stand-off ................................. Eddy c u r r e n ti n s p e c t i o nr e q u i r e m e n t s General requirements ...................... Nethod .................................... S u r f a c e f i n i s h ............................ Procedure ................................. Records ................................... Equipment requirements ....................

......

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

xi
Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 .. . . Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST
"~

Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

~.

1
MIL-STD-Z71F(SH) 27 June 1986 CONTENTS

. Continued
Page

Paragraph7.4.1 7.4.2 7.5 7.5.1 7.5.2 7.6 7.6.1 7.6.2 7.6.3

Eddycurrentinstrument Performance verification reference block On-site verification/standardization ........... Verification .................................... Standardization ................................ Test technique ................................. Toe of weld scan ............................... Weld scan ...................................... Inspection of surfaces other than welds ........

........................ .......

59 59 59 59 59
59

59 59

60

8 VISUAL INSPECTION 8.1 Scope .......................................... 8.2 Reference standard ............................. Procedure 8.3 requirements ......................... 8.4 Inspection techniques 8.5 Dimensional inspection accuracy ................ 8.6 Lighting .......................................

...............................

60 60 60
60

..........................

60 60 60
61 61 61

9. NOTES ........................................... 9.1 Subject term (key word) listing ................ 9.2 Changes from previous issue

....................

FIGURES Figure
1.
2

. .

4A . 4B . 4c .
5.

4.

6. 7 7A . 8.

9.

Recommended X-ray voltage settings and radioisotope sources to be used with various steel andsimilaralloys ............................ 62 Recommended X-ray voltage settings and radioisotope sources to be used with various copper-base and similar alloys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Recommended X-ray voltage settings and radioisotope sources to be used with various 64 aluminum. magnesium and similar alloys Penetrameter designs ........................... 65 Penetrameteridentificationnotching ........... 66 Maximum allowed U g ............................. 67 Recommended increase in source-to-film distance for various radioisotope sources with lengths greater than 1/8 inch ......................... 68 Examples of material thickness ( T , ) and specimen thickness ( T , ) ....................... 69-72 Magneticfieldindicator ....................... 73 74 Skipdistanceexample .......................... Accepted scanning techniques for butt welds . . . . 75 Typical ultrasonic calibration plot for vertical linearity ............................ 76 Typical reference calibration standard (sensitivity) ................................. 77 .

........

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

xii
Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
c

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 . Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

NIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986 FIGURES

Continued

Page
10. Figure 11. 12 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. Typical viewing screen calibration (butt welds) (with dB control)............................. Typical viewing screen calibration (butt welds) .......................... (withoutdBcontrol) Scanning procedures for welds ................... Scanning procedure for tee welds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Typical viewing screen calibration ................. (tee welds) (with dB control) Typical viewing screen calibration (tee welds) (without dB control) .............. Surface opposite attachment member accessible .................................... Surface opposite attachment member not accessible .................................... Ultrasonic weld inspection record .............. Recommended probe-to-weld attitude for eddy current standardization and scanning operations .................................... TABLES Tab le
I

78
78 79
80

81 81 82 82 83.

84

I. II. III.
IV.

V.
VI.

22

VI1 .

45 47

xii
Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Examples of penetrameter identification . . . . . . . . Penetrameter placement for welds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Allowablefilm-sidepenetrameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Definition of radiographic quality levels ...... Winimum radiographic quality levels for Iridium-192 radiography of nonstructural welds ......................................... Calibration hole size for longitudinal test . . . . of Calibration reference notch dimensions square and U bottom notch ...................

16 19 20 21

PIIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986

1.

SCOPE

1.1 G e n e r a l . This standard covers .the requirements for donducting nondestructive tests used in determining the presence of surface and i n t e r n a l d i s c o n t i n u i t i e si nm e t a l s . I t a l s oc o n t a i n st h e minimum requirementsnecessary toqualifynondestructivetest and i n s p e c t i o np e r s o n n e l ,p r o c e d u r e s , and n o n d e s t r u c t i v et e s te q u i p m e n t .T h i ss t a n d a r dd o e sn o tc o n t a i na c c e p t a n c e c r i t e r i a f o r n o n d e s t r u c t i v e tests. 1.1.1 Areas t o b e t e s t e d s h a l l b e s p e c i f i e d i n t h e a p p l i c a b l e d r a w i n g s , s p e c i f i c a t i o n s ,c o n t r a c to rp u r c h a s eo r d e r .N o n d e s t r u c t i v e t e s t markings incorporated in drawings shall be in accordance with A W S A2.4.
1 . 1 . 2 S i n c ec a l i b r a t i o np r o c e d u r e sa r es e l f - c o n t a i n e di nt h i s document, t h e t e s t instrumentsandstandardscontainedhereinarenotincludedin C a l i b r a t i o n Programs d e f i n e d by MIL-STD-45662 withtheexceptionoflinear measuringtoolssuchasmechanicalcalipers andmicrometers.
1.2 methods :

C l a s s i f i c a t i o n .T h i ss t a n d a r dc o v e r st h ef o l l o w i n gt y p e so ft e s t (a) Radiography ( bM ) agnetic particle ( cL ) iquid penetrant (d) Wltrasonic (e) Eddy c u r r e n t ( fV ) i s u ailn s p e c t i o n

1.3 Acceptance standards. The s t a n d a r d sf o ra c c e p t a n c es h a l lb ea s specifiedintheapplicablespecification,contract,ororder. 1 . 4 Time o fi n s p e c t i o n .U n l e s so t h e r w i s es p e c i f i e dh e r e i no ri nt h e applicablespecification,acceptanceinspectionshallbeperformedon.an i n the f i n a l s u r f a c e c o n d i t i o n and f i n a l h e a t t r e a t e d c o n d i t i o n , e x c e p t a s s p e c i f i e di n1 . 4 . 1 ,1 . 4 . 2 ,1 . 4 . 3 and 1 . 4 . 4 . 1 . 4 . 1R a d i o g r a p h i ci n s p e c t i o n may beperformed

item

a t t h ef o l l o w i n gt i m e s :

(a) Before or after stress r e l i e f . ( b )B e f o r eo ra f t e rh e a tt r e a t m e n tw h e r et h eh e a tt r e a t m e n td o e sn o t i n a l i q u i d medium. requirequenchingoftheitem 1 . 4 . 2C a s t i n go rf o r g i n g s may b er a d i o g r a p h e di nt h ea s - c a s t ,a s - f o r g e d , o r r o u g h machined c o n d i t i o n s , p r o v i d e d t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f 3 . 4 . 4 . 2 a r e met. 1 . 4 . 3 Weldments t h a tr e q u i r ec o n t o u r i n go rm a c h i n i n g may beradiographed i n t h e as-weldedconditionprovidedthesurfaceconditiondoesnotinterfere withtheinterpretationoftheradiographs and t h e p e n e t r a m e t e r s e l e c t i o n is $ + .,. b a s e d o n t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f 3 . 4 . 4 .
..-

The f i n a l m a g n e t i c p a r t i c l e i n s p e c t i o n may beaccomplishedwithin machined base metal surface, provided a h a l f wave r e c t i fieddirectcurrent(dc)directmagnetization method i s u s e d f o r t h e i n s p e c t i o n .
1/32 i n c h o f t h e f i n a l

1.4.4

1
Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

blIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986 1.5 G e n e r ad lefinitions. 1 . 5 . 1A u t h o r i z e dr e p r e s e n t a t i v eo ft h e Naval Sea Systems Command U n l e s so t h e r w i s es p e c i f i e d ,t h e Commander of a NavalShipyard,the SupervisorofShipbuildingortheirdelegatedrepresentative.

(NAVSEA).

with the 1 . 5 . 2 Government i n s p e c t o r . Government o f f i c i a l who i s charged r e s p o n s i b i l i t yf o ra s s u r i n gt h a tt h em a t e r i a l s ,p r o c e s s e s ,f a b r i c a t i o n technique and t e s t i n g p e r s o n n e l meet s p e c i f i c a t i o n and c o n t r a c t u a l r e q u i r e m e n t s .I nt h i sr e g a r d ,h eo rs h e may beasfollows: (a) For Government s h i p y a r d s : The Shipyard Commander o rh i s delegated representative. (b) For commercial shipyards: The S u p e r v i s o r of Shipbuilding or his delegatedrepresentative. (c) For other organizations: The cognizant Government i n s p e c t o r , hisrepresentativeortherepresentative ofanother Government agency designated by o r t h r o u g h t h e c o g n i z a n t Government i n s p e c t o r . (d) For Forces Afloat: The squadron commander o rh i sd e l e g a t e d representative. (e) For .Naval R e p a i rF a c i l i t i e s : The commanding o f f i c e ro rh i s delegatedrepresentative. o r Government

1 . 5 . 3A c t i v i t y . A p a r t i c u l a r s i t e of any commercial a c t i v i t y p e r f o r m i n g work w i t h i n t h e s c o p e o f t h i s s t a n d a r d . 1 . 5 . 4 Nominal t h i c k n e s s .T h a tt h i c k n e s ss p e c i f i e d withoutapplicationof any a l l o w e d t o l e r a n c e .

on p l a n s o r drawings

1.5.5 Nondestructive t e s t examiner. Personnel t o whom t h ea c t i v i t y assignstheresponsibilityandauthorityto examineand c e r t i f y n o n d e s t r u c t i v e testpersonneltoinsurethattheirpersonnelarecompetent and q u a l i f i e d t o performtheapplicabletestsinconformancewithcontracturalrequirements. This i s t h e i n d i v i d u a l t o whom t h e a c t i v i t y a s s i g n s t h e r e s p o n s i b i l i t y of approving nondestructive t e s t procedures andworkmanship s t a n d a r d s . 1;5.6 Nondestructive test operator. a c t u a l l y a p p l y i n g t h e t e s t method. 1.5.7 Nondestructive test inspector. rejects the inspected part by comparisonof acceptancestandards. The i n d i v i d u a l performing or

The i n d i v i d u a l who a c c e p t s or the test results with the

1.6 Nondestructive tesp t ersonnec l e r t i f i c a t i o nP . ersonnep l erforming nondestructive testing shall be c e r t i f i e d i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h t h e g u i d e l i n e s of ASNT Recommended P r a c t i c e No. SNT-TC-lA, 1980 E d i t i o n . Each a c t i v i t y s h a l l develop a w r i t t e n p r a c t i c e , as r e q u i r e d by ASNT Recommended P r a c t i c e No. SNT-TC-lA, 1980 E d i t i o n , i d e n t i f y i n g t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s r e l a t i v e t o t h e g u i d e l i n e s . The w r i t t e n p r a c t i c e s h a l l be made a v a i l a b l e t o t h e Government I n s p e c t o r upon r e q u e s t . The g u i d e l i n e so f ASNT Recommended P r a c t i c e No. SNT-TC-lA, 1980 E d i t i o n s h a l l b e c o n s i d e r e d a s minimum requirements,exceptas modified herein.
2
Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

MIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986 1.6.1 Personneq l ualification r e q u i r e m e n t sN . ondestructive t e s t examiner p e r s o n n e l s h a l l b e q u a l i f i e d by examinations administered by t h e Employing + A c t i v i t y , AmericanSociety f o r N o n d e s t r u c t i v e T e s t i n g (ASNT), o r o t h e r o u t s i d e agency.The s p e c i f i ce x a m i n a t i o ns h a l lb ep r e p a r e da n da d m i n i s t e r e d by t h e employing a c t i v i t yo ra no u t s i d ea g e n c y . The employing a c t i v i t y s h a l l i d e n t i f y minimum p a s s i n g g r a d e r e q u i r e m e n t s when t h e b a s i c andmethod examinations are a d m i n i s t e r e d by ASNT, whichissuesgradeson a pass/failbasis.Inthis case, the passing grade for the basic andmethod e x a m i n a t i o n s h a l l b e a s s i g n e d a numerical score of 80 p e r c e n t .

1 . 6 . 1 . 1 Hours of t r a i n i n ga n de x p e r i e n c e . The number o fh o u r so ft r a i n i n g all nondestructive test personnel shall be i n accordance with andexperiencefor ASNT Recommended P r a c t i c e No. SNT-TC-lA, 1980 E d i t i o n . However, t h eh o u r sf o r p e r s o n n e l who perform only one operation of a n o n d e s t r u c t i v e t e s t method t h a t or p e r f o r m n o n d e s t r u c t i v e t e s t e x a m i n a t i o n s c o n s i s t s o f more t h a n o n e o p e r a t i o n , oflimitedscope, may be less t h a n t h o s e s p e c i f i e d i n ASNT Recommended P r a c t i c e No. SNT-TC-lA, 1980 E d i t i o n , p r o v i d e d t h e time o f t r a i n i n g and e x p e r i e n c e i s described in the written practice, andany l i m i t a t i o n o r r e s t r i c t i o n o n t h e c e r t i f i c a t i o n i s d e s c r i b e d i n t h e w r i t t e n p r a c t i c e and i n c e r t i f i c a t i o n r e c o r d s .
methods not covered by 1 . 6 . 1 . 2 Other m e t h o d s .F o rn o n d e s t r u c t i v et e s t ASNT Recommended P r a c t i c e No. SNT-TC-lA, 1980 E d i t i o n , p e r s o n n e l s h a l l b e qualifiedto-comparablelevelsofcompetency by the administration of comparable examinationsontheparticular method involved. 1 . 6 . 2C e r t i f i c a t i o no fp e r s o n n e l . The employing a c t i v i t y i s r e s p o n s i b l e fortheadequacyofthe programand i s r e s p o n s i b l e f o r t h e c e r t i f i c a t i o n of a l l l e v e l s of n o n d e s t r u c t i v e t e s t p e r s o n n e l . 1.6.3 Recertification. Nondestructive test personnel shall be recertified a minimum) i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h t h e by examination at 3 - y e a r i n t e r v a l s ( a s a c t i v i t y s written p r a c t i c e .T h i sr e - e x a m i n a t i o ns h a l lb ea sc o m p r e h e n s i v e as t h a t employed i n t h e i n i t i a l c e r t i i c a t i o n . I n a d d i t i o n , p e r s o n n e l who perform p r o d u c t i o n NDT s h a l l b e r e c e r t i f i e d by examination i f t h e y have not performed tests ( f o r w h i c h t h e y a r e c e r t i f i e d ) f o r a p e r i o d o f 6 months; t h i s r e - e x a m i n a t i o n need only consist of an approved operational examination administered by t h e a c t i v i t y s t e s t examiner. 1 . 6 . 4 The Government I n s p e c t o r may r e q u e s t a n o p e r a t i o n a l o r w r i t t e n is examinationbeadministered i f t h e r e i s reason t o b e l i e v e t h a t a n i n d i v i d u a l unable t o competentlyperformatthelevelthattheindividual is c e r t i f i e d . 1.6.5 Vision tests.

3
Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

A l l n o n d e s t r u c t i v et e s tp e r s o n n e ls h a l lb er e q u i r e dt o 1 . 6 . 5 . 1G e n e r a l . p a s s a v i s i o n t e s t . The v i s i o n t e s t must b ec u r r e n t a t thetimeofexamination and v i s i o n t e s t s s h a l l b ec o n d u c t e da n n u a l l y .V i s i o nt e s t i n gs h a l lb ec o n d u c t e d by a q u a l i f i e d t e c h n i c i a n , u s i n g s t a n d a r d t e s t methods f o r d e t e r m i n i n g v i s u a l a c u i t y . T h es t a n d a r do fa c c e p t a n c ef o rv i s i o nt e s t ss h a l lb e :

NIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986

(b)

Naturalorcorrectedneardistanceacuitysuchthatthe i n d i v i d u a l i s capableofreading J1 l e t t e r s on t h e S t a n d a r d J a e g e r ' sT e s tt y p ec h a r tf o rn e a rv i s i o n ,o re q u i v a l e n tt y p e t e s t .T h i sr e q u i r e m e n t must be met by oneorbotheyes. A b i l i t y t o d i s t i n g u i s h between colors when r e q u i r e d by t h e work.

1 . 4 . 5 . 2 B r i g h t n e s sd i s c r i m i n a t i o n . A l l r a d i o g r a p h i cp e r s o n n e la sd e f i n e d i n 1 . 5 . 7 , s h a 11 a d d i t i o n a l l y b e t e s t e d f o r b r i g h t n e s s d i s c r i m i n a t i o n , u s i n g test r a d i o g r a p h s c o n t a i n i n g randomly d i s t r i b u t e d p e n e t r a m e t e r s , w i t h v a r y i n g d e n s i t i e s and s i z e s .


tests must beusedduring 1 . 6 . 5 . 3 The c o r r e c t i v e a i d s u s e d f o r v i s i o n a l l s u b s e q u e n t i n s p e c t i o n s and t e s t s performed. certificationexaminationand
1.6,6 Records. Employing activities shall maintain individual nondestructivetestpersonnelrecordsincludingthefollowing:

(a) Training and experience. ( b )R e s u l t so fa l lc u r r e n te x a m i n a t i o n sw h i c hc a nb ec o r r e l a t e dt o the examination administered and a mastercopyofeachexaminat i o n . When ASNT i s u s e df o re x a m i n e rc e r t i f i c a t i o n ,t h e A S N T l e t t e r may b e u s e d f o r t h e b a s i c and method examinations. (c) A r e c o r do fv i s i o nt e s t sn o t i n gc o r r e c t i v ea i d su s e d . (d)Records s h a l l b em a i n t a i n e df o rt h ec u r r e n t a n dp r e c e d i n gc e r t i f i cation period unless otherwise stated.

A l l o f t h e above r e c o r d s s h a l l b e upon r e q u e s t .
1 . 6 . 7T r a n s f e r exceptasauthorized
--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

made a v a i l a b l e t o t h e

Government I n s p e c t o r

of N D T c e r t i f i c a t i o n st oo t h e ra c t i v i t i e s by NAVSEA.

is prohibited

1.7 Procedure qualification and a p p r o v a l . Nondestructive testing specified herein shall be performed in accordance with written procedures.

methods

1 . 7 . 1 A c t i v i t i e s p e r f o r m i n g NDT s h a l l d e v e l o p and m a i n t a i n a w r i t t e n procedure for each method performedand c e r t i f y t h a t e a c h p r o c e d u r e is i n a c c o r d a n c ew i t ht h er e q u i r e m e n t s of t h i s s t a n d a r d . T h i s c e r t i f i c a t i o n s t a t e m e n t shall be part of each written procedure and signed by the cognizant examiner of the activity.

1 . 7 . 2 Each p r o c e d u r e s h a l l h a v e b e e n q u a l i f i e d by p r o v i n g t h a t known discontinuities,eithernaturalorartificial,canbereliablydetected and evaluated.Datadocumenting t h i sp r o c e d u r ed e m o n s t r a t i o ns h a l lb ep r o v i d e dt o t h e Government I n s p e c t o r upon r e q u e s t .T h i sr e q u i r e m e n td o e sn o ta p p l yt o proceduresapprovedunderpriorrevisionsofthisstandard.


1 . 7 . 3 Proceduresshallbeapproved by thecognizantexaminerofthe a c t i v i t y and reviewed by t h e Government I n s p e c t o r . The Government I n s p e c t o r may r e q u e s t d e m o n s t r a t i o n o f t h e p r o c e d u r e d u r i n g i n i t i a l r e v i e w o f t h e p r o c e d u r e o r a t any time there i s reason t o b e l i e v e it i s u n a b l e t o p r o v i d e adequateresults.

4
Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

MIL-STD-271F N D W 3 3 7 3 3 1 1 0 0 5 3 8 4 5 2 W
blIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986 1 . 7 . 4P r o c e d u r e ss h a l ln o tb et r a n s f e r r e d withoutthespecificapprovalof NAVSEA. from one a c t i v i t y toanother

1.8 Maintenance of inspection records. Records shall be mai.n t a i n e d a s specifiedintheapplicableshipspecifications,fabricationspecifications and o t h e r documentsinvoking t h i s s t a n d a r d .

2.
2.1

APPLICABLE DOCUNENTS
Government documents.

2 . 1 . 1 S p e c i f i c a t i o n s and s t a n d a r d s U . nless otherwise s p e c i f i e dt ,he f o l l o w i n g s p e c i f i c a t i o n s and s t a n d a r d s o f t h e i s s u e l i s t e d i n t h a t i s s u e of t h e DepartmentofDefenseIndexofSpecificationsandStandards (DoDISS) specified in the solicitation form a p a r t of t h i s s t a n d a r d t o t h e e x t e n t specified herein.

SPECIFICATIONS FEDERAL P-D-680

MILITARY EIIL-1-25135 STANDARDS MILITARY MIL-STD-278

I n s p e c t i oM n aterials F ,enetrants.

PIIL-STD-792

MIL-STD-45662

F a b r i c a t i o n Welding and Inspection; and C a s t i n g I n s p e c t i o n and Repair for Machinery, P i p i n g and P r e s s u r e V e s s e l s i n S h i p s o f t h e U n i t e d S t a t e s Navy. I d e n t i f i c a t i o n Marking Requirements for Special Purpose Components. CalibrationSystemsRequirements.

( C o p i e so fs p e c i f i c a t i o n s and s t a n d a r d s r e q u i r e d by c o n t r a c t o r s i n c o n n e c tion with specific acquisition functions should be obtained from t h e c o n t r a c t i n g a c t i v i t y o r a s d i r e c t e d by the c o n t r a c t i n g o f f i c e r . ) 2 . 2O t h e rp u b l i c a t i o n s . The following documents form a p a r to ft h i s s t a n d a r dt ot h ee x t e n ts p e c i f i e dh e r e i n .U n l e s so t h e r w i s es p e c i f i e d ,t h e issuesofthe documentswhich a r e D o D adoptedshallbethoselistedinthe i s s u eo ft h e DoDISS s p e c i f i e d i n t h e s o l i c i t a t i o n . The issuesofdocuments whichhavenotbeenadoptedshallbethoseineffect on t h e d a t e of t h e c i t e d DoDISS.

AMERICAN SOCIETY F O R TESTING AND MATERIALS (ASTM) D 3699 - S t a n d a r dS p e c i f i c a t i o nf o rK e r o s i n e .

(DoD adopted)

(Application for copies should be addressed to the American S o c i e t y f o r T e s t i n g and M a t e r i a l s , 1916 Race S t r e e t ,P h i l a d e l p h i a , PA 19103.)

5
Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Dry Cleaning Solvent.

PlIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June1986

(Applicationforcopiesshouldbeaddressedtothe AmericanWelding Road, P.O. Box 351040, Niami, FL 33135.) S o c i e t y ,I n c . , 550 NW LeJeune SOCIETY O F AUTONOTIVE ENGINEERS (SAE) A M S 3161 - I n s p e c t i o n O i l , Odorless (ApplicationforcopiesshouldbeaddressedtotheSocietyofAutomotive Engineers, 400 Commonwealth Drive,Warrendale, PA 15096.)

(Applicationforcopiesshouldbeaddressedtothe N o n d e s t r u c t i v eT e s t i n g ,I n c . , 4153 A r l i n g a t eP l a z a ,

(Nongovernment s t a n d a r d s a r e g e n e r a l l y a v a i l a b l e f o r r e f e r e n c e from l i b r a r i e s . They a r e a l s o d i s t r i b u t e d among nongovernment s t a n d a r d sb o d i e s usingFederalagencies.) The documents c i t e d i n t h i s s e c t i o n a r e f o r g u i d a n c e and i n f o r m a t i o n .

2.3Orderofprecedence.Intheeventof a c o n f l i c t between t h et e x t t h i s s t a n d a r d and t h e r e f e r e n c e s c i t e d h e r e i n , t h e t e x t o f t h i s s t a n d a r d s h a l l take precedence.


3.

3.1 Definitions. radiography:

3.1.1Energy. A p r o p e r t y of r a d i a t i o n which determines i t s p e n e t r a t i n g a b i l i t y .I n X-rayradiography,energy i s u s u a l l yd e t e r m i n e d by t h e acceleratingvoltageappliedtothe anodeand i s e x p r e s s e d a s k i l o v o l t s (kv) o rm i l l i o ne l e c t r o n v o l t s (MeV). I n gamma-ray radiography, energy is a c h a r a c t e r i s t i c of t h e s o u r c e . 3.1.2 Film holders or cassettes. Lightproof containers for holding r a d i o g r a p h i cf i l mw i t ho rw i t h o u ti n t e n s i f y i n gs c r e e n s .T h e s ef i l mh o l d e r so r c a s s e t t e s may be r i g i d o r f l e x i b l e .

Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY (AW) A2.4 - Symbols f o r WeldingandNondestructiveTestingIncluding Brazing. (DoD adopted)

AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING (ASNT) SNT-TC-1A. - Recommended P r a c t i c e f o r N o n d e s t r u c t i v e T e s t i n g P e r s o n n e l Q u a l i f i c a t i o n and C e r t i f i c a t i o n .


Supplement Supplement Supplement Supplement Supplement

A B
C D E

Radiographic Testing Nethod. MagneticParticleTestingNethod. U l t r a s o n i c T e s t i n g Method. LiquidPenetrantTesting Method. Eddy Current Testing Nethod. American S o c i e t y f o r Columbus, OH 43228-0518.)

and

of

RADIOGRAPHY The f o l l o w i n g definitions are applicable to

6
Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

KL-STD-271P(SH) 27 J u n e 1986

3 . 1 . 3F i l t e r s .S h e e t so fl e a do ro t h e rm a t e r i a l sp l a c e di nt h er a d i a t i o n beam, e i t h e r a t t h e X-raytubebetweenthespecimenandthefilm,orbehindthe f i l m t o improve image q u a l i t y by s e l e c t i v e l y removing low energycomponentsfrom t h e r a d i a t i o n beam. 3.1.4 Intensifying screens. Sheets of lead or layers of fluorescent c r y s t a l s betweenwhich t h e f i l m i s p l a c e d t o d e c r e a s e t h e e x p o s u r e

time,

thickness (Tm). The t h i c k n e s so fm a t e r i a l upon which 3 . 1' 5 Material The t h e pene t r a m e t e r i s b a s e df o rp i p i n gs y s t e mw e l d s ,i n c l u d i n gr e p a i rw e l d s . if measured, m a t e r i a l t h i c k n e s s is the n o m i n a l t h i c k n e s s o r a c t u a l t h i c k n e s s , of t h e s t r e n g t h member, and doesnotincludereinforcements,backingrings O r s t r i p s . The s t r e n g t h member i s d e f i n e d a s t h e t h i n n e r o f t h e s e c t i o n s b e i n g j o i n e d( s e e3 . 4 . 4 ) . 3 . 1 . 6 Maximum e f f e c t i v er a d i a t i o ns o u r c ed i m e n s i o n . The maximum s o u r c e o rf o c a ls p o td i m e n s i o np r o j e c t e d on t h e c e n t e r of t h er a d i o g r a p h i cf i l m .F o r example, a c y l i n d r i c a l i s o t o p e s o u r c e whose l e n g t h i s g r e a t e r t h a n i t s diameter w i l l have a g r e a t e r e f f e c t i v e r a d i a t i o n s o u r c e d i m e n s i o n when o r i e n t e d c o a x i a l l y in the center of a p i p e f o r a panoramic exposure than when t h e a x i s of t h e s o u r c e is positioned at right angles to the pipe.
3.1.7 M u l t i p l ef i l mt e c h n i q u e . A p r o c e d u r ei nw h i c h two o r more films o f t h e same o r d i f f e r e n t s p e e d a r e u s e d i n t h e same film holder, and exposed simultaneously.
3 . 1 . 8 Penetrameter. A d e v i c e whose image i n a radiograph i s used t o d e t e r m i n er a d i o g r a p h i cq u a l i t yl e v e l . I t i s n o ti n t e n d e df o ru s ei nj u d g i n g the size nor for establishing acceptance of discontinuities. 3 . 1 . 9 P e n e t r a m e t e rs e n s i t i v i t y . A n i n d i c a t i o no ft h ea b i l i t yo ft h e radiographicproceduretodemonstrate a certain difference in specimen thickness a p e r c e n t a g eo ft h et h i c k n e s s ( u s u a l l y 2 p e r c e n t ) . I t i s t h er a t i oe x p r e s s e da s of a penetrameter whose o u t l i n e i s d i s c e r n i b l e i n a r a d i o g r a p h t o t h e m a t e r i a l t h i c k n e s s (T,) of thespecimenradiographed.
. 3.1.10 Radiograph. A v i s i b l e image on film produced by t h e penetration o fr a d i a t i o nt h r o u g ht h em a t e r i a lb e i n gt e s t e d . When two superimposedfilms a r e e x p o s e ds i m u l t a n e o u s l yi nt h e same f i l m h o l d e r , t o b e v i e w e d l a t e r as a superimposedpair,thesuperimposedpairofexposedfilmconstitutesthe radiograph.

3.1.11 R a d i o g r a p h i c film density. blackening,defined by t h e e q u a t i o n :

A q u a n t i t a t i v em e a s u r eo ff i l m

Where : d I 1;

= density. = the light intensity incident on t h e film. = t h el i g h ti n t e n s i t yt r a n s m i t t e dt h r o u g ht h ef i l m .

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

7
Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

NIL-STD-27LF
~~ ~

ND

7 7 7 7 7 3 3 00578Lt8 8
~~ ~ ~ ~~~ ~~

PlIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986 3.1.12 Radiographic inspection. The u s e of X-rays and gamma-rays, or both,todetectdiscontinuitiesinmaterial by p r e s e n t i n g t h e i r images on r e c o r d i n g medium s u i t a b l e f o r i n t e r p r e t a t i o n by a q u a l i f i e d i n s p e c t o r ( s e e 1.5.7). 3.1.13 Radiographically similar materials. liaterials X-ray o r gamma-ray a b s o r p t i o n c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s , r e g a r d l e s s compos it i o n . 3.1.14 Shielding. Sheets of lead or other material used to absorb scatteredradiation. 3.1.15 Source. A machine o rr a d i o a c t i v em a t e r i a l penetrating radiation. 3.1.16 Source-to-film distance. and t h e f i l m . which emits which have ofchemical similar

The d i s t a n c e between t h er a d i a t i o ns o u r c e

3.1.17 Specimen t h i c k n e s s (Ts). The t o t a lt h i c k n e s st ob er a d i o g r a p h e d . T h i s i s t h e t h i c k n e s s upon which t h e s o u r c e - t o - f i l m d i s t a n c e i s based,and a l s o t h e t h i c k n e s s upon w h i c h p e n e t r a m e t e r s a r e b a s e d f o r s t r u c t u r a l c a s t i n g s , and s t r u c t u r a l w e l d s .

is

i s used 3.2 General requirements. The radiographic method o ft e s t i n g fordeterminingthepresenceofdiscontinuitiesinallferrous and nonferrous metals. R a d i o g r a p h i ci n s p e c t i o ns p e c i f i e dh e r e i n i s intended t o apply t o a l l items r e q u i r i n g r a d i o g r a p h i c i n s p e c t i o n i n c o m p l i a n c e w i t h a p p l i c a b l e s p e c i f i c a t i o n s ,d r a w i n g s ,c o n t r a c t s ,o rp u r c h a s eo r d e r s , and one of the following shall be used:

( a ) X-ray machine. Iridium-192. (b) ( c ) Cobalt -60. (d) Cesium-137. ( e ) The u s eo fo t h e rr a d i a t i o ns o u r c e sr e q u i r e ss p e c i f i c approval.

NAVSEA

3 . 2 . 1 Extent of r a d i o g r a p h i c inspection. A l l procurement documents, d r a w i n g s ,o rb o t hs h a l ls p e c i f yt h ee x t e n to fr a d i o g r a p h i ci n s p e c t i o n , when it i s r e q u i r e d .T h i si n f o r m a t i o ns h a l li n c l u d et h e number ofareas and items t o beradiographed,thepointinfabrication when radiography shall be performed, t h e q u a l i t y level of i n s p e c t i o n and t h e a c c e p t a n c e s t a n d a r d t o b e a p p l i e d . Drawings s p e c i f y i n g r a d i o g r a p h i c c o v e r a g e r e q u i r e m e n t s s h a l l employ A W S A2.4. r a d i o g r a p h i c symbols t h a t a r e i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h

3 . 2 . 1 . 1 Radiographic Shooting Sketch (RSS) f o r castings. The c a s t i n g designershallselect and i d e n t i f y , i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h A W S A2.4,areas r e q u i r i n gr a d i o g r a p h y on t h ee n g i n e e r i n gd r a w i n g . The c o n t r a c t o ro ra c t i v i t y performingtheinspectionshallpreparethe RSS which shows film placements and r a d i a t i o n d i r e c t i o n s t o a s s u r e a d e q u a t e r a d i o g r a p h i c c o v e r a g e a s s p e c i f i e d by t h ee n g i n e e r i n gd r a w i n g . The RSS s h a l l b e v a l i d a t e d by a s i g n a t u r eo f a c e r t i f i e dr a d i o g r a p h i ci n s p e c t o r . The requirements of 3 . 3 . 1 4h e r e i np r o v i d e s p e c i f i c d e t a i l e d r e q u i r e m e n t s which s h a l l be contained on t h e RSS.
--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

8
.

Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

. "

~~

~~

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST


~~

. ..

NIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986 3.2.2 Radiographic p r o c e d u r eR . adiographic inspection procedures shallcontainas a minimum, t h e f o l l o w i n g e l e m e n t s : 3.2.2.1 Piinimum radiographicprocedurerequirements.

(a) X-ray machine information. (1) Model and t y p e (2) Nanufacturer (3) Focal spot size ( 4 ) Voltagr ea t i n g (b) Isotope source information (1) Type of i s o t o p e ( 2S ) ource strength (maximum) ( 3 ) Source dimensions (c) Film processing methods ( dF ) e r s o n n eq lualifications (e) Film type ( f ) Viewing f a c i l i t i e s (9) Filmdensityrequirementsincludingdensitymeasuringequipment used (h) Method o fp r o v i d i n gf i l mi d e n t i f i c a t i o ni na c c o r d a n c ew i t h3 . 3 . 8 ( i ) The r e q u i r e m e n t so ft h i ss t a n d a r dt h a ta p p l y 3.2.2.2 Survey of radiogra-phic facilities. The Government Inspector shallperformradiographicfacilities andproceduresurveysofactivitiestoensure that the organization i s performingradiographicinspectioninaccordancewith t h er e q u i r e m e n t so ft h i ss t a n d a r d . The surveys may beconducted a t 12-month intervalsunlessthequalityofradiographicperformancedictates a needfor more f r e q u e n ts u r v e i l l a n c e . The Government I n s p e c t o rs h a l lm a i n t a i n a recordof t h e r e s u l t s ofeachsurvey. The r e c o r d ss h a l li n c l u d es u f f i c i e n ti n f o r m a t i o nt o establish that the activity i s p e r f o r m i n gr a d i o g r a p h i ci n s p e c t i o ni na c c o r d a n c e with i t s procedure and this standard. 3.3 Radiography requirements. 3.3.1 Direction of radiationU . nless otherwise specifiedt ,he d i r e c t i o n of t h e c e n t r a l beam of r a d i a t i o n s h a l l b e a s n e a r l y c e n t r a l t o t h e a r e a b e i n g examinedand p e r p e n d i c u l a r t o t h e s u r f a c e o f t h e f i l m as p o s s i b l e . 3 . 3 . 2S c r e e n s ,f i l t e r s , and masking. A l l radiographs produced with s o u r c e of 150 kv o r g r e a t e r s h a l l employ a f r o n t andbackleadscreen in c o n t a c tw i t ht h ef i l m .I n t e n s i f y i n gs c r e e n sa n df i l t e r ss h a l lb ea sf o l l o w s :
--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

(a)

I n t e n s i f y i n gs c r e e n s . Lead o x i d eo rl e a df o i ls h a l lb eu s e da s i n t e n s i f y i n gs c r e e n s . Lead oxide,however,shallonlybeused forenergiesbetween 100 and 300 kv.Intimatecontactbetween t h e s c r e e n s and t h e f i l m s s h o u l d b e m a i n t a i n e d d u r i n g e x p o s u r e . (b) Front filters. When u s i n g radiation sources with energies of 0 . 7 FleV o r g r e a t e r ( i n c l u d i n g C o b a l t - 6 0 ) , a leadfilterwith minimum thickness of 0.010 inch shall be placed between the specimenandthefilm. The f i l t e r may b el o c a t e de i t h e ri n

Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

MIL-STD-271F N D m 9 9 7 9 3 3 3 0 0 5 9 8 5 0 b m
PlIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986

(c)

thefilmholder and may becombined w i t h t h e i n t e n s i f y i n g s c r e e n , o r may belocated i n f r o n t o f t h e f i l m h o l d e r . of t h e f i l m h o l d e r , However, i f t h e f i l t e r i s l o c a t e d i n f r o n t thescreensshallbeplacedincontactwiththefilm,asin(a) above. Back f i l t e r s . Lead f i l t e r s s h a l l be used behind the film holder t op r e v e n ts c a t t e r e dr a d i a t i o n from t h e f l o o r , w a l l s , a i r , o r o t h e rs u r r o u n d i n go b j e c t s from f o g g i n gt h ef i l m . Each h o l d e r s h a l l h a v e a l e a d l e t t e r "B" a minimum of 1 / 2 inchhighand a minimum of 1/ 16 i n c h t h i c k p o s i t i o n e d b e h i n d t h e f i l m and w i t h i nt h ea r e ao ff i l mt ob er e a d . When performingpanoramic exposures,onelead l e t t e r "B" may beplacedineachquadrant. The l e a d l e t t e r "B" i s notrequiredforradiographyofcircum3 / 4 inch ferentialweldswithaninsidediameterlessthan which areperformed by t h es i n g l ew a l le x p o s u r et e c h n i q u e .I f t h e image o f t h e l e t t e r "B" shows a l i g h t image on a d a r k e r background, t h er a d i o g r a p hs h a l lb er e j e c t e d . A d a r k e r image of t h e l e t t e r "B" on a l i g h t e r background i s n o t c a u s e f o r rejectionprovidedthedarker image d o e s n o t i n t e r f e r e w i t h t h e film evaluation.

3.3.3 Film. Radiographs shall be made on f i n e g r a i n , e x t r a - f i n e g r a i n o ru l t r a - f i n eg r a i n ,s a f e t yb a s ef i l m .H i g h - s p e e d , medium o rc o a r s eg r a i n filmsshallbeusedonly when a u t h o r i z e d by NAVSEA o r i t s a u t h o r i z e d r e p r e senta tive. 3 . 3 . 3 . 1 Film q u a l i t y . Radiographs presented for interpretation shall b e f r e e from b l e m i s h e s o r f i l m a r t i f a c t s whichmight mask or be confused with d e f e c t si nt h em a t e r i a lb e i n ge x a m i n e d . I f d o u b te x i s t sc o n c e r n i n gt h et r u e n a t u r e ofanindication on t h ef i l m ,t h er a d i o g r a p hs h a l lb er e j e c t e d .T y p i c a l b l e m i s h e sa r ea sf o l l o w s :

(a)Foggingcaused by l i g h t l e a k s i n t h e p r o c e s s i n g room o r c a s s e t t e s ,d e f e c t i v es a f e l i g h t s ,e x p o s u r e marks caused by improperprocessing,oroldfilm. ( b )M e c h a n i c a lp r o c e s s i n gd e f e c t ss u c ha ss t r e a k i n g ,a i rb e l l s , watermarks, orchemicalstains. (c) Blemishes caused by d i r t i n c a s s e t t e s , p a r t i c u l a r l y between i n t e n s i f y i n g s c r e e n s and t h e f i l m . ( d )P r e s s u r eo rl e a dm a r k s ,s c r a t c h e s ,g o u g e s ,f i n g e rm a r k s ,c r i m p marks, o r s t a t i c e l e c t r i c i t y marks. ( e ) Loss of d e t a i lc a u s e d b yp o o rf i l m - t o - s c r e e nc o n t a c ti n localized areas.
3 . 3 . 3 . 2 Filmdensity. The d e n s i t ys h a l lb e 1 . 5 t o 4 . 0 f o rs i n g l e f i l m viewingand 2 . 0 t o 4 . 0 for superimposed film viewing in the area being examined f o ra c c e p t a n c e . For c a s t i n g s and f o r g i n g s ,t h ed e n s i t ys h a l lb e 1.5 t o 4.0 i n theareabeing examined f o r a c c e p t a n c e f o r b o t h t h e s i n g l e andsuperimposedfilm viewing. When t h et h i c k n e s so ft h ep a r tv a r i e sc o n s i d e r a b l yi nt h ea r e au n d e r examination, two o r more f i l m s , e i t h e r o f e q u a l o r o f d i f f e r e n t s p e e d s may be exposed simultaneously in the same f i l m h o l d e r and t h e r e s u l t a n t r a d i o g r a p h submittedforinterpretationeither as singleorsuperimposedfilm,whichever

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

10
Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

MIL-STD-273F

ND W 7 7 7 7 7 3 3 0057853

8 W

tlIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986

is better suited for the interpretation of any small p o r t i o n o f t h e a r e a c o v e r e d by t h ee x p o s u r e .F o rt h e small p o r t i o n of theareaunderimmediateexamination, the density of either th'e s i n g l e o r t h e s u p e r i m p o s e d f i l m s h a l l b e i n a c c o r d a n c e with the aforementioned requirements.
3 . 3 . 3 . 3 M u l t i p l ef i l mt e c h n i q u e s ,F i l mt e c h n i q u e sw i t h two o r more f i l m s of t h e same o r d i f f e r e n t s p e e d s i n t h e same f i l m h o l d e r s h a l l b e p e r m i t t e d , p r o videdtheapplicableradiographicqualitylevelfor a specific area is demonstrated. 3 . 3 . 4 F i l m l e s st e c h n i q u e s . The use o ff i l m l e s st e c h n i q u e ss h a l lb e limitedtoin-processinspection and s h a l l n o t b e p e r m i t t e d f o r f i n a l a c c e p t a n c e inspection unless specifically authorized by NAVSEA. 3 . 3 . 5 Radiation sources. Recommended X-ray machine voltage settings andgamma-ray s o u r c e s t o b e u s e d w i t h v a r i o u s s p e c i m e n t h i c k n e s s e s a r e shown on f i g u r e s 1, 2 and 3 . C o b a l t - 6 0s o u r c e ss h a l ln o tb eu s e d onnominalmaterial t h i c k n e s s e sl e s st h a n 1 i n c h .O t h e rv o l t a g es e t t i n g so rs o u r c e s may beused providedtherequiredqualitylevelsaremaintained. 3.3.6 Source-to-film distance.

3 - 3 . 6 . 1 The s o u r c e - t o - f i l m d i s t a n c e s h a l l b e s u c h t h a t t h e g e o m e t r i c unsharpness (Ug) v a l u e so ff i g u r e 4B are n o te x c e e d e d .S o u r c e - t o - f i l md i s t a n c e as f o l l o w s : (SFD) s h a l l b e c a l c u l a t e d SFD = t

+
ug
--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Where : U g = Geometric unsharpness F


t

= Maximum e f f e c t i v e r a d i a t i o n s o u r c e d i m e n s i o n i n i n c h e s ( s e e
= Specimen t h i c k n e s s T
S

3.1.6)

i ni n c h e s and s o u r c es i d e

SFD

= D i s t a n c e ,i ni n c h e s ,b e t w e e nr a d i a t i o ns o u r c e ofspecimen

3 . 3 . 6 . 2 When a gapbetween thespecimenandfilmholder t h e SFD s h a l l b e i n c r e a s e d by t h e r a t i o o f :


t

i s unavoidable,

+
t

gap

3 . 3 . 6 . 3 When u s i n gr a d i o i s o t o p es o u r c e s whose l e n g t h s a r e g r e a t e r t h a n 1 / 8 - i n c h Y t h e SFD s h a l l b e i n c r e a s e d i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h f i g u r e 4C t o compensate for increased dispersion caused by s i d e e f f e c t s . 3 . 3 . 6 . 4 When a c c e s s i b i l i t yd o e sn o tp e r m i tc o m p l i a n c ew i t ht h ea b o v e , shortersource-to-filmdistance i s allowed provided the following conditions are met : a

Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

NIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June1986

(a) (b) (c)

The r e q u i r e dq u a l i t yl e v e l i s obtained. The g r e a t e s tp o s s i b l es o u r c e - t o - f i l md i s t a n c e i s used. The r a d i o g r a p h i cr e c o r d shows what a c c e s s i b i l i t yc o n d i t i o n s l i m i t e dt h es o u r c e - t o - f i l md i s t a n c e and i n d i c a t e s t h e a c t u a l source-to-film distance used.

3.3.7 Radiographic location markers. The images of the location markersforthecoordinationofthepartwiththefilmshallappear on t h e film without interfering with the interpretation and w i t h suchanarrangement t h a t it i s evidentthatcompletecoverage was obtained.Thesemarkerpositions s h a l l be marked on t h e p a r t and t h e p o s i t i o n of t h e m a r k e r s s h a l l b e m a i n t a i n e d on t h ep a r td u r i n gr a d i o g r a p h y . When u s i n g a t e c h n i q u ei n which r a d i a t i o n passes through two w a l l s and t h e w e l d s i n b o t h w a l l s a r e v i e w e d f o r a c c e p t a n c e , and t h e e n t i r e image of t h e o b j e c t b e i n g r a d i o g r a p h e d i s shown on t h e r a d i o graph,onlyonelocationmarker i s r e q u i r e d on t h e b a s e m e t a l a t t h e c e n t e r o f t h ea r e ab e i n g examined. Markings s h a l lb ei na c c o r d a n c ew i t h MIL-STD-792. 3 . 3 . 8F i l mi d e n t i f i c a t i o n . A s y s t e mo fp o s i t i v ei d e n t i f i c a t i o no ft h e filmshallbeused and e a c h f i l m s h a l l h a v e a unique identification relating it t o t h e item b e i n gi n s p e c t e d . A s a minimum, t h ef o l l o w i n ga d d i t i o n a l informationshallappear on eachradiograph o r i n t h e r e c o r d s accompanyingeach radiograph:

(a) I d e n t i f i c a t i o n of t h eo r g a n i z a t i o n making t h er a d i o g r a p h . (b) Date of exposure. ( c )I d e n t i f i c a t i o n of t h e p a r t , component or system and, where a p p l i c a b l e , t h e weld j o i n t i n t h e p a r t , component o r system. (d) Whether t h er a d i o g r a p h i s o f t h e o r i g i n a l a r e a o r a r e p a i ra r e a .
3.3.9 Maintenance of radiographic r e c o r d sR . adiographic records shall be maintained in accordance with 1.8. 3.3.10 Darkroom f a c i l i t i e s . Darkroom f a c i l i t i e s , including equipment andmaterials,shallbecapableofproducinguniform,blemish-freeradiographic negatives. 3.3.11 Film viewing facilities. Viewing f a c i l i t i e s s h a l l be s o constructedastoaffordtheexclusionofobjectionablebackgroundlightingof a n i n t e n s i t y t h a t may c a u s e r e f l e c t i o n on t h e r a d i o g r a p h i c f i l m . 3 . 3 . 1 1 . 1 Equipment u s e df o rr a d i o g r a p h i ci n t e r p r e t a t i o ns h a l lp r o v i d e t h e f o l l o w i n g minimum f e a t u r e s : (a)
--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

A l i g h ts o u r c eo fs u f f i c i e n ti n t e n s i t yc o n t r o l l e dt oa l l o wt h e
s e l e c t i o n o f optimum i n t e n s i t i e s f o r v i e w i n g f i l m d e n s i t i e s s p e c i f i e di n3 . 3 . 3 . 2 . The r e q u i r e di n t e n s i t yr a n g e may be provided by t h e u s e of a s e p a r a t e h i g h i n t e n s i t y v i e w i n g p o r t . The l i g h t e n c l o s u r e s h a l l b e so d e s i g n e d t o p r o v i d e a uniform levelofilluminationovertheentireviewingsurface. A s u i t a b l ef a n ,b l o w e ro ro t h e rc o o l i n gd e v i c et op r o v i d es t a b l e temperatureattheviewingportsuchthatfilmemulsionsshall n o t be damaged d u r i n g 1 minute of c o n t i n u o u s c o n t a c t w i t h t h e viewing surface.

(b)

Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

MIL-STD-271F N D W 99999LL 0059853 L W


FlIL-STD-27lF(SH) 27 June 1986 A n o p a l glass f r o n ti ne a c hv i e w i n gp o r t ,e x c e p tf o rh i g h i n t e n s i t y viewers u s e d f o r h i g h d e n s i t y f i l m . (d) A set of opaque masks t o s u i t t h e s i z e s ofradiographs viewed. (e) Densitometers (FlacBeth Node1 TD-102, o re q u a l )s h a l lb e provided for assuring conformance with film density requirements. (c)

t o be

"

3 . 3 . 1 3 Safety. Radiographic tests shall be performed under protected conditionssuchthatpersonnelshallnotreceive a whole-body r a d i a t i o n d o s a g e e x c e e d i n g t h e maximum p e r m i t t e d by c i t y , s t a t e o r n a t i o n a l c o d e s . 3 . 3 . 1 4 I n t e r p r e t a t i o n of radiographs. To a i di nt h ep r o p e ri n t e r p r e t a t i o no fr a d i o g r a p h s , a sketch,drawing,writtenprocedureorequivalent r e c o r ds h a l lb ep r e p a r e d t o show t h e s e t u p u s e d t o make e a c hr a d i o g r a p h . The i n f o r m a t i o n s h a l l accompany eachradiograph(or a groupofradiographs if the same i n f o r m a t i o na p p l i e s ) .R e f e r e n c et o a s t a n d a r ds e t u p i s a c c e p t a b l ei f d e s c r i p t i o n so ft h i ss t a n d a r ds e t u pa r e made a v a i l a b l e . The i n f o r m a t i o ns h a l l

Number of films and filmtype.. Locationofeachfilm on the radiographed item. Orientationoflocationmarkers. L o c a t i o no fr a d i a t i o ns o u r c e ,i n c l u d i n gs o u r c e - t o - f i l md i s t a n c e and approximate angle of beam. The k i l o v o l t a g e and f o c a l s p o t s i z e ( f o r X-raymachines). The i s o t o p e t y p e , i n t e n s i t y ( i n c u r i e s ) , and physicaldimensions. Typeof m a t e r i a l , and m a t e r i a l t h i c k n e s s . Type ofweld j o i n t , f o r example, b u t t w i t h b a c k i n g r i n g . Whether o r i g i n a l o r r e p a i r . P a r t anddrawingnumber. P l a t e r i a l - g r o u p s and p e n e t r a m e t e r s i z e s and t h e r e q u i r e d q u a l i t y level. Single or double wall viewing. Type and t h i c k n e s s o f i n t e n s i f y i n g s c r e e n s and f i l t e r s . A p p l i c a b l ea c c e p t a n c es t a n d a r d s . S i g n a t u r e of t h e r a d i o g r a p h i c o p e r a t o r .
3.3.15

Radiographic recordsR . adiographic records shall contain the following:

( a ) The i n f o r m a t i o ns p e c i f i e di n 3.3.14. (b) Notation of acceptable and rejectable discontinuities.

Any

13
Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

3 . 3 . 1 2 S u r f a c ep r e p a r a t i o no f components and welds p r i o rt or a d i o g r a p h y . Neta1 components s h a l l b ef r e eo fs c a l e ,s u r f a c es l a g ,a d h e r i n go r imbedded sand,orothersurfaceconditionswhich may i n t e r f e r e w i t h p r o p e r i n t e r p r e t a t i o n o fr a d i o g r a p h s .W i t ht h ee x c e p t i o no fu n d e r c u t sa tt h et o eo ft h ew e l d which are w i t h i n s p e c i f i c a t i o n a l l o w a n c e s , t h e c o n t o u r o f w e l d s s h a l l b e blendedsmoothly and g r a d u a l l yi n t ot h eb a s em e t a l .E x c e s s i v ew e l dr i p p l e s or weld s u r f a c e i r r e g u l a r i t i e s OG t h e o u t s i d e ( a n d i n s i d e , i f a c c e s s i b l e ) s h a l l b e removed by any s u i t a b l e m e c h a n i c a l p r o c e s s t o s u c h a degree that the resulting radiographic contrast due to any i r r e g u l a r i t y c a n n o t mask or be confused with t h e image of a d e f e c t .

MIL-STD-27LF

N D m 77777LL 0 0 5 7 8 5 4 3 m

MIL-STD-B71F(SH) 27 June1986 questionable discontinuity in the area of i n t e r e s t which i s due t o a s u r f a c e c o n d i t i o n s h a l l b e v i s u a l l y v e r i f i e d and n o t e d . (c) Date of i n t e r p r e t a t i o n . ( d )D i s p o s i t i o n( a c c e p t / r e j e c t )o ft h e item radiographed. ( e )S i g n a t u r eo ft h er a d i o g r a p h i ci n s p e c t o r . 3.3.16Radiographs I n s p e c t o r upon r e q u e s t .
--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

and r e c o r d s s h a l l

be made a v a i l a b l e t o t h e

Government

3.4 Penetrameters. Penetrameters shall be employed f o ra l lr a d i o g r a p h s ,e x c e p ta ss p e c i f i e di n3 . 8 , and t h ep e n e t r a m e t e r image will be employed t o d e t e r m i n e t h e r a d i o g r a p h i c q u a l i t y l e v e l . 3.4.1 Penetrameter m a t e r i a lM . ateriag l rouping for penetrameter m a t e r i a ls h a l lb ea sf o l l o w s ,e x c e p tt h a tp e n e t r a m e t e r so f a lowergroup number may be used for any material group of a h i g h e r number p r o v i d i n g t h e a p p l i c a b l e q u a l i t yl e v e l i s m a i n t a i n e d .F o rm a t e r i a ln o tl i s t e d ,t h ep e n e t r a m e t e r materialshallbeasspecifiedin3.4.1.2. M a t e r i a l , Group I Penetrameters, Group I made of of any interchangeably. used may be these

Carbon P e ns ette re alm e t e r s ter sita ele sl Alloy Stainless steel Manganese-nickel-aluminum bronze M a t e r i a l , Group I T Aluminum bronze Nickel-aluminum-bronze

Penetrameters, Group I I Penetrameters made of anyof m a t e r i a l s may b e u s e d i n t e r changeably. Penetrameters, Group I I I these

M a t e r i a l , Group III Nickel-chromium-iron Nickel-chromium-iron alloy alloy. Iwfaterial, Group I V Nickel-copperalloys C o p p e r - n i c k e la l l o y s M a t e r i a l , Group V Tin bronze Gun metals Valve bronze 3.4.1.1 Dissimilar metal welds.

Penetrameters, Group I V Penetrameters made of anyof t h e s e m a t e r i a l s may be used interchangeably. Penetrameters, Group V Penetrameters made ofany of t h e s e m a t e r i a l s may be used interchangeably.

3.4.1.1.1Forwelds made between d i s s i m i l a r m e t a l s i n anyonegroup, thegradepenetrametersforthat-grouporpenetrameters of a lowergrade number s h a l l b eu s e d ,p r o v i d e dt h eq u a l i t yl e v e la sa p p l i c a b l e i s maintained.

Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

MIL-STD-27LF N D m 9 9 9 9 9 3 3 0 0 5 7 8 5 5 5 m
PlIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 J u n e 1986 3.4.1.1.2 Forwelds made between d i s s i m i l a rm e t a l sn o to ft h e same m a t e r i a l s g r o u p , two p e n e t r a m e t e r s s h a l l b e u s e d , o n e o n e a c h s i d e o f t h e j o i n t . Each p e n e t r a m e t e rs h a l lb eo ft h eg r a d e number r e p r e s e n t i n gt h eb a s e metaluponwhich it i s p l a c e d , o r a lower grade number penetrameter.may be u s e d .Q u a l i t yl e v e l ,a sa p p l i c a b l e ,s h a l lb et h e same a s would be applicable forsinglepenetrametersofweldjointsofsimilarbasemetals. 3.4.1.2 O t h e rm e t a l s .F o rr a d i o g r a p h yo fm a t e r i a l sn o th e r e i nc o v e r e d , p e n e t r a m e t e r so ft h e same m a t e r i a l may b e u s e d , o r p e n e t r a m e t e r s o f any o t h e r material may beused i f t h ef o l l o w i n gr e q u i r e m e n t sa r em e t . Two blocksof equalthickness,oneofthematerialtoberadiographed andoneof the material ofwhichthepenetrameters are made, s h a l l beradiographed on t h e same f i l m by oneexposure a t t h e l o w e s t e n e r g y l e v e l t o beusedfortheproductionradiog r a p h s .D e n s i t o m e t e rr e a d i n g sf o rb o t hm a t e r i a l ss h a l l be r e a d from t h ef i l m and s h a l l bebetween 2 . 0 and 4 . 0 d e n s i t y f o r b o t h m a t e r i a l s . If t h e f i l m densityforthematerialtoberadiographed i s w i t h i n p l u s 15 p e r c e n t o r l e s s thanthefilmdensityforthepenetrametermaterial,thepenetrametermaterial may b e u s e d f o r r a d i o g r a p h y o f t h e p r o d u c t i o n m a t e r i a l . 3 . 4 . 2 Penetrameter dimensions. conform t o t h o s e shown on f i g u r e 4 . The d i m e n s i o n s of the penetrameter shall

a
--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

identification. Penetrameters shall be identified with 3.4.3 Penetrameter l e a d numbers o r e n g r a v e d l e a d s t r i p s i n d i c a t i n g t h e m a t e r i a l t h i c k n e s s a s a p p l i c a b l e ) t o which t h e p e n e t r a m e t e r a p p l i e s a s s p e c i f i e d i n t a b l e

(Tm o r Ts I.

( a )R e c t a n g u l a rp e n e t r a m e t e r ss h a l lb ei d e n t i f i e dw i t hl e a d numbers attached t o thepenetrameters,as shown on f i g u r e 4 . (b) The lead numbers s h a l li n d i c a t et h en o m i n a lm a t e r i a lt h i c k n e s s (T,) inhundredthsofaninch up t o 1 inch,and in inchesto thenearesttenthofaninchover 1 inch. ( c ) Each p e n e t r a m e t e r s h a l l b e f u r t h e r i d e n t i f i e d by permanently marking i t s metalorprincipalalloycompositionintothesurfaceof the penetrameter, and by n o t c h e s i n a c c o r d a n c e with f i g u r e 4 A . 3 . 4 . 3 . 1 Lead numbers s h a l lb ep l a c e da d j a c e n tt ot h ec i r c u l a rp e n e t r a meters t o p r o v i d e i d e n t i f i c a t i o n o f t h e p e n e t r a m e t e r on t h e f i l m . 3.4.3.2 F o rt h es p e c i a ll e v e l s 1-1T and 1 - 2 T , t h i s l e a d number s h a l l indicate one-half the minimum t h i c k n e s s t o which t h e p e n e t r a m e t e r i s a p p l i c a b l e , and f o r l e v e l 4 - 2 T , t h i s l e a d number s h a l l i n d i c a t e t w i c e t h e minimum t h i c k n e s s t o which the penetrameter is applicable.

15
Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

NIL-STD-271F(SH)
27 June 1986
TABLE I .
Examples o f penetrameter identification. Penetrameter thickness Inch
O . 005 o 10 . O 15

Penetrameter i d e n t iic fa t i o n number

Min m a t e r i a l thickness T m Inches

25 50
75

1.0 1.5 2.0 3.0


5.5

. .O20
.O30

O. 25 .50
.75 1.0 1.5 2.0 3.0 5.5 9.0
10.0

.O40
.O60

9.0 10.0

.110 .180 .200

The 0 . 0 0 5 - i n c h p e n e t r a m e t e r s h a l l b e u s e d f o r material t h i c k n e s s less t h a n 0.25 i n c h u n l e s s o t h e r w i s e s p e c i f i e d i n the appl.icable specification or purchase order. For 2 p e r c e n t p e n e t r a m e t e r s e n s i t i v i t y :

(a)

Standard radiographic quality

levels.

(1)

2-2T: T h i s requires that a penetrameter whose t h i c k n e s s (T) i s n o g r e a t e r t h a n 2 p e r c e n t (1/50) of t h e m a t e r i a l t h i c k n e s s o f t h e item b e i n g r a d i o graphedand a h o l e d r i l l e d t h r o u g h the penetrameter w i t h a d i a m e t e r e q u a l t o twice t h e t h i c k n e s s of t h e p e n e t r a m e t e r (2T) s h a l l b e v i s i b l e .
levels.

(b) Special radiographic quality

( 1 )Q u a l i t yl e v e l l - 1 T radiography. The 1T h o l ei n a penetrameter whose t h i c k n e s s (T) i s no g r e a t e r t h a n 1 percent(1/100) of t h e m a t e r i a l t h i c k n e s s shall be visible. (2) Q u a l i t y l e v e l 2-1T radiography. The 1 T h o l ei n a penetrameter whose t h i c k n e s s (T) i s no g r e a t e r t h a n 2 p e r c e n t( 1 / 5 0 )o ft h e material t h i c k n e s s shall be visible. ( 3 ) Q u a l i t y l e v e l 1-2T radiography. The 2T h o l ei n a penetrameter whose t h i c k n e s s (T) i s no g r e a t e r t h a n 1 p e r c e n t( 1 / 1 0 0 )o ft h e material t h i c k n e s s shall be visible. (4) Q u a l i t y l e v e l 2-4T radiography. The 4T h o l ei n a penetrameter whose t h i c k n e s s (T) i s no g r e a t e r t h a n 2 p e r c e n t( 1 / 5 0 )o ft h e material t h i c k n e s s s h a l l be v i s i b l e .

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

16
Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
.

Corp Specs/9957810104 - Licensee=VSE . . .

Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

NIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986 (5) Quality level 4-2T radiography. The 2T h o l ei n a penetrameter whose t h i c k n e s s (T) i s no g r e a t e r t h a n 4 p e r c e n t( 1 / 2 5 )o ft h em a t e r i a lt h i c k n e s s shall be visible. 3.4.4 P e n e t r a m e t es re l e c t i o n . 3.4.4.1 W e l d s .P e n e t r a m e t e rs e l e c t i o ns h a l lb eb a s e d on t h ef o l l o w i n g :

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

. t

(a) Structural welds: The p e n e t r a m e t e r shall be based on specimen t h i c k n e s s Ts a s d e f i n e d i n 3 . 1 . 1 7 . (b) Piping, machinery and p r e s s u r e vessel welds: The penetrameter shallbebased on m a t e r i a l t h i c k n e s s Tm a s d e f i n e d i n 3 . 1 . 5 . 3.4.4.2 Castings and f o r g i n g s . Castings or forgings may be radiographed intheas-cast,as-forged,or roughmachined c o n d i t i o n sp r o v i d e dt h es u r f a c e conditiondoesnot mask r e s p e c t a b l e d e f e c t s and t h e f o l l o w i n g r e q u i r e m e n t s forpenetrameterselectionaremet: ( a )S t r u c t u r a lc a s t i n g s . The p e n e t r a m e t e rs h a l lb eb a s e d on t h e actualornominalthicknessbeingradiographed. (b)Othercastings. The p e n e t r a m e t e rt h i c k n e s ss h a l lb eb a s e do nt h e a c t u a lo rn o m i n a lt h i c k n e s sb e i n gr a d i o g r a p h e d . However, i f t h e thicknesstoberadiographedexceedsthenominalthicknessofthe finished piece, the penetrameter size shall be based on a t h i c k ness which does not exceed the nominal thickness of the finished p i e c e by more t h a n 20 p e r c e n t o r 1 / 4 i n c h , w h i c h e v e r is greater. The p e n e t r a m e t e r s i z e s h a l l n o t b e b a s e d on a t h i c k n e s s g r e a t e r t h a nt h ea c t u a lt h i c k n e s st ob er a d i o g r a p h e d .F o ra r e a si nc a s t ingswhich have been end-prepared for welding, the penetrameter s h a l l beselectedbased on t h e a c t u a l o r nominal thickness of the a r e aa d j a c e n tt o ,b u te x c l u s i v eo f ,t h ew e l de n d - p r e p a r a t i o n . 3.4.5 Acceptance standards. Acceptance standards shall be based on the n o m i n a lt h i c k n e s so ft h ef i n i s h e dp a r te x c e p tt h a t ,f o rs t r u c t u r a lc a s t i n g , theacceptancestandards may bebased on t h e a c t u a l t h i c k n e s s b e i n g r a d i o g r a p h e d . 3.4.6 Number, l o c a t i o n , and placement of penetrameters

3 . 4 . 6 . 1P e n e t r a m e t e rl o c a t i o n . The p e n e t r a m e t e rs h a l lb ep l a c e d on t h e s o u r c es i d eo ft h es e c t i o nb e i n ge x a m i n e d .I nt h ei n s p e c t i o no fi r r e g u l a r objects,thepenetrametershallbeplaced on t h e p a r t of t h e o b j e c t f a r t h e s t from t h ef i l m . When p e r f o r m i n gd o u b l e - w a l lr a d i o g r a p h y ,t h ep e n e t r a m e t e rs h a l l b e p l a c e d on t h e s u r f a c e o f t h e w a l l o r walls being evaluated nearest the s o u r c eo fr a d i a t i o n( s e ef i g u r e 5 ) . Where t h i s i s n o tp r a c t i c a b l e ,t h ef i l m sidetechniquespecifiedin3.4.6.1.1,3.4.6.1.2,ortheseparateblocktechniqueof3.4.6.1.3 may b e employed. 3.4.6.1.F 1 i l m - s i dp e e n e t r a m e t etre c h n i q u( ed o u b l e - w a le lx p o s u r e ) . The film-sidepenetrameterplacementtechniqueshallbeas shown on f i g u r e 5 - 7 . The r a d i o g r a p h i c t e c h n i q u e s h a l l b e d e m o n s t r a t e d i n a similar s e c t i o n w i t h t h e applicablepenetrameterplaced on t h e s o u r c e s i d e o f t h e w a l l f o r which radiography i s d e s i r e d , and a s e r i e s of p e n e t r a m e t e r s , r a n g i n g i n t h i c k n e s s from

17
Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

MIL-STD-27LF N D m 77779LL 0 0 5 7 8 5 8 O W
NIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986 that of the penetrameter required on t h e s o u r c e s i d e t o o n e - f o u r t h t h a t t h i c k n e s s ,s h a l lb ep l a c e d on t h ef i l ms i d e .I ft h ep r o p e rp e n e t r a m e t e r on thesourcesideindicatestherequiredqualitylevel,the image o f t h e smallest hole in the thinnest penetrameter clearly visible on t h e f i l m s i d e s h a l l b e and t h e p e n e t r a m e t e r h o l e t o b e a p p l i e d i n used t o d e t e r m i n e t h e p e n e t r a m e t e r e v a l u a t i n gp r o d u c t i o nr a d i o g r a p h s .T e c h n i q u er a d i o g r a p h ss h a l lb e made a v a i l a b l ef o rr e v i e w upon r e q u e s t by t h e Government I n s p e c t o r .T a b l e III contains a list offilmsidepenetrameterswhich may beused i n l i e u of performing techniqueradiographyandselectionofpenetrametersasdescribedabove. 3 . 4 . 6 . 1 . 2F i l m - s i d ep e n e t r a m e t e rt e c h n i q u e( s i n g l e - w a l le x p o s u r e ) . . For l a r g e d i a m e t e r p i p e ( 8 - i n c h and o v e r ) where t h e d i a m e t e r s a r e s u c h t h a t t h e s o u r c e may b e p l a c e d i n s i d e t h e p i p e f o r s i m u l t a n e o u s s i n g l e - w a l l r a d i o g r a p h y of weldsbutsource-sidepenetrameterplacement is notfeasible, a film-side penetrameter technique may be employed p r o v i d e d t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s of 3 . 3 . 6 and t h e r a d i o g r a p h i c q u a l i t y level o f t h e s o u r c e - s i d e p e n e t r a m e t e r b e i n g 2-2T as r e q u i r e d by 3 . 6 . When u s i n ga nI r i d i u m - 1 9 2s o u r c e ,t h er e q u i r e ds o u r c e - s i d e penetrameter may b e s e l e c t e d from t a b l e V f o r t h e a p p l i c a b l e wall t h i c k n e s s f o r s i n g l e - w a l lv i e w i n gt e c h n i q u e ,o r 2-4T f o r w e l d s less t h a n 3 / 4 i n c h t h i c k , whichever i s less r e s t r i c t i v e , and the f i l m - s i d e p e n e t r a m e t e r s e l e c t e d from table III. 3.4.6.1.3 Separate block penetrameter technique. The penetrameter may be p o s i t i o n e d on a block of r a d i o g r a p h i c a l l y similar m a t e r i a l p l a c e d as c l o s e a s p o s s i b l e t o t h e area beingradiographed. The b l o c k s h a l l beofthicknessequal t o o r greater t h a n t h e t h i c k n e s s of t h e item b e i n g r a d i o g r a p h e d a n d , i n p i p i n g l-inch nominal pipe s i z e and l a r g e r , s h a l l b e p o s i t i o n e d so t h a t t h e p e n e t r a meter i s a t t h e same d i s t a n c e from t h e f i l m as i t would be i f p l a c e d on t h e s o u r c es i d eo ft h e item beingradiographed. The f i l md e n s i t yo ft h eb l o c k image shall be not greater than 15 p e r c e n t more t h a n t h e f i l m d e n s i t y o f t h e a r e a o f i n t e r e s t . I t may be less d e n s e t h a n t h e d e n s i t y o f t h e a r e a o f i n t e r e s t . 3.4.6.2 Requirements for casting and forgings. One p e n e t r a m e t e r shall r e p r e s e n t an area w i t h i n which r a d i o g r a p h i c d e n s i t i e s do n o t v a r y more t h a n p l u s 30 p e r c e n t t o minus 15 p e r c e n t from t h e d e n s i t y measured a d j a c e n t t o t h e be usedexceptas penetrameter. A t l e a s t o n ep e n e t r a m e t e rp e rr a d i o g r a p hs h a l l a shim i s p o s i t i o n e du n d e rt h ep e n e t r a m e t e r ,d e n s i t y s p e c i f i e di n3 . 8 .I f measurements s h a l l b e made on t h a t p a r t o f t h e shim a d j a c e n t t o t h e p e n e t r a m e t e r . When t h e f i l m d e n s i t y v a r e s by more t h a n minus 15 t o p l u s 30 p e r c e n t , two penetrametersused as follows will b es a t i s f a c t o r y .I fo n ep e n e t r a m e t e r shows a n a c c e p t a b l e s e n s i t i v i t y a t t h e most d e n s e p o r t i o n of t h e r a d i o g r a p h , and t h e secondpenetrameter shows a n a c c e p t a b l e s e n s i t i v i t y a t theleastdense p o r t i o n o f the r a d i o g r a p h , t h e s e two p e n e t r a m e t e r s s h a l l s e r v e t o q u a l i f y t h e r a d i o g r a p hw i t h i nt h ed e n s i t y limits. For components where t h e r ea r ec h a n g e s inwallthickness and wall a l i g n m e n t , a n d t h e u s e of two penetrameters is n o t i s approved. The r e q u i r e dp e n e t r a m e t e r p r a c t i c a l ,t h eu s eo fo n ep e n e t r a m e t e r d e n s i t y t o l e r a n c e neednotbemet; however, t h e d e n s i t y i n a r e a s o f i n t e r e s t s h a l l b e between1.5 and 4 . 0 . Where onlyonepenetrameter i s u s e d ,t h ep e n e t r a meter s i z e s h a l l b e b a s e d on t h e t h i n n e s t wall b e i n g r a d i o g r a p h e d a n d s h a l l b e placed on the thickest wall s e c t i o n . 3 . 4 . 6 . 3 Requirements f o rw e l d s . The number and placement of penetrameters forspecificconfigurationsshall be as s p e c i f i e d i n t a b l e I I , and t h e f o l l o w i n g :
--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

MIL-STD-27LF N D m 77977LL 0057859 2 m


~ ~~

blIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986


3 . 4 . 6 . 3 . 1 The image o f t h e p e n e t r a m e t e r o r t h e shimonwhich the penetrameter i s placedshallnotbesuperimposed on t h e weld i n t h e a r e a b e i n g evaluated. 3.4.6.3.2 The image of t h ep e n e t r a m e t e rs h a l lb en o tg r e a t e rt h a n 1 - 1 / 4 i n c h from the edge of the weld as shown on t h e r a d i o g r a p h . 3.4.6.3.3 Penetrameters may beplaced bereadforacceptance. 3.4.6.3.4 Penetrameters may beplaced orperpendiculartothelengthoftheweld.
--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

on t h e w e l d o u t s i d e t h e a r e a t o

with t h e l o n g a x i s e i t h e r p a r a l l e l

TABLE I I .

Penetrameter placement for welds. Minimum no. of lenetrameter

Configuration Welds i n curved s u r f a c e sl e s st h a n 2 4 i n c h e s i n diameter

Inspected weld l e n g t h( i n c h e s ) 5 and less

Penetrameter placement

Greater than

A t t h e c e n t e r of t h e area of interest One a t t h e e x t r e m i t y andone a t t h e centerofthearea of i n t e r e s t

Welds i n f l a t s u r f a c e s and curved surfaces 24 i n c h e s and g r e a t e r d i a m e t e r( i n c l u d e sl o n g i t u dinalweldsinpipes and pressure vessels)

Less t h a n 10
10 up t o and i n c l u d i n g 17

1
2

Greaterthan

17

A t the center of the area of interest One p l a c e d a t each extremityofthe area of interest One p l a c e d a t e a c h e x t r e m i t y andone a t t h e c e n t e r of t h e are o f i n t e r e s t
lpproximately 180 d e g r e e sa p a r ta t the extremity of the areabeinginspected )ne i n eachquadrant

Essentialcircular [non-cylindrical welds o n ef i l m )

Unlimited
on

Cylindrical welds radiographed simultaneously u s i n g a s e r i e s offilmor a s i n g l e l e n g t h of r o l l f i l m (panoramicexposure) R e p a i r si nc y l i n d r i c a l welds i n i t i a l l y radiographed using panoramicexposure . technique

Unlimited

Unlimited

)ne i n e a c h a f f e c t e d q u a d r a n t ,p r o v i d e d thetechniqueused i s t h e same a s t h e initialradiography

19
Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

PlIL-STD-Z71F(SW) 27 June 1986

TABLE I I I .
Required source-side penetrameter

Allowable film-side penetrameters.

A l lowed film-side penetrameter


Siz Se ensitivity 25 4T 2T 25 4T 30 4T 35 4T 40 4T 45 2T 45 4T 50 2T 50 4T 55 2T 55 4T 60 2T 60 65 2T
c

Required source-side penetrameter SizeSensitivity 70 75 2T 80 2T 85 2T 90 2T 95 2T 1.0 2T 1.2 2T 1.5 2T 1.7 2T 2.0 2T 2.2 2T 2.5 2T 2.7 2T

A l lowed film-side penetrameter


SizeSensitivity 65 4T 70 2T 2T 75 80 2T 85 2T 90 2T 95 2T 1.0 2T 1.0 2T 1.0 2T 1.0 2T 1.2 2T 1.2 2T 1.5 2T

Size S e n s i t i v i t y 25 2T 30 2T 35 2T 40 2T 45 2T 50 2T 50 4T 55 2T 55 4T 60 2T 60 4T 65 2T 65 4T 4T 70 2T

3.5 Shims. When a weld reinforcement o r b a c k i n g r i n g o r b a c k i n g s t r i p a r e n o t removed, a shim of m a t e r i a l which i s r a d i o g r a p h i c a l l y s i m i l a r t o t h e b a c k i n g same t h i c k ring or strip shall be p l a c e d u n d e r t h e p e n e t r a m e t e r t o p r o v i d e t h e nessofmaterialunder weld t h e p e n e t r a m e t e r as t h e a v e r a g e t h i c k n e s s o f t h e r e i n f o r c e m e n tp l u st h e wall t h i c k n e s s and t h eb a c k i n gr i n g . The shim s h a l l exceedthepenetrameterdimensions by a t l e a s t 1 / 8 i n c h on a t l e a s t t h r e e s i d e s , and s h a l l beplaced so a s n o t t o o v e r l a p t h e b a c k i n g s t r i p o r r i n g o r r e i n f o r c e ment. The f i l md e n s i t yo ft h e shim image s h a l l n o t b e g r e a t e r t h a n 15 p e r c e n t more t h a n t h e f i l m d e n s i t y o f t h e a r e a o f i n t e r e s t . I t may b el e s sd e n s et h a n t h e f i l m d e n s i t y of t h e a r e a o f i n t e r e s t .
3 . 5 . 1 Shims f o rb a c k i n gr i n gw e l d s . When weld images are superimposed, thethicknessoftheshimsshallbeequaltotwicetheaveragethicknessofthe weldreinforcementplustwicethethicknessofthebackingring.

3 . 5 . 2 Shims f o r consumable i n s e r tw e l d s . When weld images imposed, t h e t h i c k n e s s o f t h e s h i m s s h a l l b e e q u a l t o t w i c e t h e a v e r a g e thicknessoftheoutsidereinforcementplustwicetheaveragethickness insidereinforcement.

a r es u p e r -

of t h e

3 . 6 Radiographic quality levels. Unless otherwise specified i n the applicablespecification,contract o r d r a w i n g ,t h er a d i o g r a p h i cq u a l i t yl e v e l s h a l l b e 2-2T, e x c e p ta sn o t e di n 3 . 6 . 1 and 3 . 6 . 2 . P e n e t r a m e t e ri d e n t i f i c a t i o n , d e f i n i t i o n o fr a d i o g r a p h i cq u a l i t yl e v e l , and d e s i g n a r e s p e c i f i e d i n t a b l e s I and IV, and f i g u r e s 4 and 4A, r e s p e c t i v e l y .

a
20
Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

a
~

MIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986

TABLE I V ,

D e f i n i t i o n of r a d i o g r a p h i cq u a l i t yl e v e l s . Equivalent penetrameter sensitivity3 (percent) 0.7 1.0 1.4 2.0 2.8 4.0

I Radiographic I Max penetrameter I


qvality level thickness' (percent) Plin p e r c e p t i b l e hole diameter'
x

'

Expressed as a p e r c e n t a g eo ft h em a t e r i a lt h i c k n e s s (T ) o r (T ), as applicable. m S E x p r e s s e da sm u l t i p l eo ft h i c k n e s so fp e n e t r a m e t e r (T). Equivalentpenetrametersensitivity i s thatthicknessofthepenetrameter, expressed as a p e r c e n t a g e o f t h e m a t e r i a l t h i c k n e s s , i n w h i c h a 2T h o l e would b e v i s i b l e u n d e r t h e same r a d i o g r a p h i c c o n d i t i o n s . a

3 . . 1 X-ray radiography. For welds under the following conditions, 2-4T q u a l i t y level i s a c c e p t a b l e :

(a)Forbuttweldswithpermanentbacking,wherethematerial t h i c k n e s s (Tm) i s l e s st h a n 1/2 inch. (b)Forpenetrationandconnectionwelds(figures5-8and5-9)where t h e Tm t h i c k n e s s i s l e s st h a n 2 i n c h e s .

3 . 6 . 2 Radioisotope radiography. When r a d i o i s o t o p e s are used, the q u a l i t y l e v e l and s e l e c t i o n o f p e n e t r a m e t e r s h a l l , a s a minimum, b e i n a c c o r V . F o rw e l d sa n dc o m p o n e n t sn o ts p e c i f i e di nt a b l e V, t h e d a n c ew i t ht a b l e 2-4T q u a l i t y l e v e l is a c c e p t a b l e u n d e r t h e f o l l o w i n g c o n d i t i o n s :


( a )P e n e t r a t i o n andconnectionwelds(figures5-8and5-9) Tml t h i c k n e s s i s l e s s t h a n 2 i n c h e s ( a p p l i c a b l e t o ( b ) Components andwelds,otherthanabove, when t h e T , t h a n 3/4 i n c h ( a p p l i c a b l e t o I r i d i u m - 1 9 2 o n l y ) . when t h e a l l isotopes). is less

a
Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

l-1T 1-2T 2- 1T 2-2T 2 -4T 4-2T

1T 2T 1T 2T 4T 2T

MIL-STD-272F ND W '7799912 0059862 2 W


PlIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986

TABLE V .

Minimum r a d i o g r a p h i cq u a l i t yl e v e l sf o rI r i d i u m - 1 9 2 radiography of n o n s t r u c t u r a l w e l d s .

Design material thickness (inches) U p to 0.200 .236 ,276 ,299 .322 ,344 .360 .376 .433 .490 Up to 0.501 .556 .601 .643 .685 .726 .817

Type ofexpos u r e andviewing technique

Sourcesidepenetrameter number'

Nominal penetraneter thickness (inches )


D . O10 . o11 o 12 .O 13 O 14 .O15 O 16 O17 O 18 .O19 .o20

Nominal

iiameter of
Ninimum ?enetrameter perceptihole ble hole (inches)

O . 199 .235 .275 .298 .321 .343 .359 .375 .432 .489 .547
0.500

Double-wallexposure Double-wallviewing

50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 1.0
50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85

4T
4T 4T 2T 2T 2T 2T 2T 2T 2T 2T 4T 4T 4T 2T 2T 2T 2T 2T

. . . . .

O . 040 .O44 .O48 .O26 .O28 .O30 .O32 ,034


.O36

.O38 .O40
O . 040 .O44 .O48 .O26 ,028 ,030 032 ,034

D . 010

.555 .600 .642 .684 .725 .B16 .906

Single-wall viewing ( S i n g l e -o rd o u b l e wall exposure)

.o11 .o12 .O13 .O14 ,015 .O16 .O17

Thispenetrameter i s t o b e u s e d f o r b o t h i n s e r t andbackingringjoints r e g a r d l e s s of t h e amount o f r e i n f o r c e m e n t o r t h i c k n e s s o f b a c k i n g r i n g .

3.7

S i n g l e - w a l l and double-wall radiography.

wall t o t h e g r e a t e s t e x t e n t p r a c t i c a b l e .
3.7.2 Double-wall radiography.

3.7.1 Single-wall radiography. Radiographs shall be made t h r o u g h single Shims u n d e rt h ep e n e t r a m e t e rs h a l lb e inaccordancewith3.5.

3 . 7 . 2 . 1 D o u b l e - w a le l x p o s u r e / s i n g l e - w a lv l i e w i n gF . ow r elds in pipegreaterthan3-1/2inchnominalpipe s i z e , only t h e weld c l o s e s t t o t h e f i l m s h a l l be viewed f o ra c c e p t a n c e . The s o u r c e s h a l l b e p o s i t i o n e d i n s u c h location that the source-side weld image d o e s n o t o b s c u r e t h e image of t h e f i l m - s i d ew e l d . Shims under t h ep e n e t r a m e t e rs h a l lb ep r o v i d e di na c c o r d a n c e w i t h 3 . 5 . The minimum s o u r c e - t o - f i l m d i s t a n c e s h a l l b e c a l c u l a t e d b a s e d o n t h e T v a l u e i l l u s t r a t e d on f i g u r e 5-7 and 3.3.6.
S

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

22
Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

MIL-STD-271F

N D W 7777733 0057863 4 W
ML-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986

3 . 7 . 2 . 2 Double-wall exposure/double-wall viewing. Welds i np i p eo rt u b e 3-1/2inchesor less n o m i n a l p i p e s i z e may be radiographed using a technique. i n which t h e r a d i a t i o n p a s s e s t h r o u g h two walls and t h e weld i n b o t h w a l l s is . viewed f o ra c c e p t a n c e on t h e same f i l m . The r a d i a t i o n beam may b e o f f s e t from t h e p l a n e of t h e weld a t a n a n g l e s u f f i c i e n t t o s e p a r a t e t h e imagesofsources i d e a n df i l m - s i d ep o r t i o n so ft h ew e l d . Shims u n d e rt h ep e n e t r a m e t e rs h a l lb e p r o v i d e di na c c o r d a n c ew i t h3 . 5 . The minimum s o u r c e - t o - f i l m d i s t a n c e s h a l l b e calculatedusingtheoutsidediameterofthepipeorsectionasthespecimen t h i c k n e s s Ts ( s e e f i g u r e 5 - 6 and 3 . 3 . 6 ) . 3 . 8R a d i o g r a p h yo fp a r t s .P e n e t r a m e t e r sa r en o tr e q u i r e d on each film when p l a c e m e n t o f t h e p e n e t r a m e t e r o n t h e p a r t would o b s c u r e p a r t o r a l l o f t h e areabfinterest,andwhere it would n o t b e p r a c t i c a b l e t o p l a c e t h e p e n e t r a m e t e r on a b l o c k a d j a c e n t t o t h e p a r t , a s s p e c i f i e d i n 3 . 4 . 6 . 1 . 3 . However, an initial technique shot with the applicable penetrameter on t h e p a r t s h a l l demonstratethespecifiedpenetrameterhole, andsubsequentexposurewithout a penetrametershallbe made, o n l y i f exposed i n t h e same manner a s t h e t e c h n i q u e s h o t . Whenever t h es e t u p i s changed, and a tl e a s to n c ee a c h work s h i f t , additionaltechniqueshotsshallbe made i n p r o p e r s e q u e n c e t o a s s u r e t h a t t h e p r o c e s s i s b e i n gp r o p e r l yc o n t r o l l e d . The t e c h n i q u es h o t ss h a l l accompany t h e subsequently exposed film when p r e s e n t e d f o r i n t e r p r e t a t i o n by t h e r a d i o g r a p h i c i n s p e c t o ro fe a c ho r g a n i z a t i o no rf o rr e v i e w by t h e Government i n s p e c t o r . I f multiplepartsor components a r ee x p o s e ds i m u l t a n e o u s l y , a t l e a s t onepenetrameter s h a l l b e r e q u i r e d on e a c h f i l m p l u s a d d i t i o n a l p e n e t r a m e t e r s a s r e q u i r e d by t a b l e I I . 3.9 Radiography of r e p a i rw e l d s . When weld r e p a i r sa r e made t oc a s t i n g s a n df o r g i n g s ,t o remove d e f e c t s r e v e a l e d by r a d i o g r a p h y , t h e o r i g i n a l r a d i o g r a p h s ofthepreviouslydefectiveareasshallbesubmittedforreviewwiththefinal acceptanceradiographs.Forthoseitemswhereradiography is r e q u i r e df o rt h e r e p a i r , a s k e t c hs h o w i n gt h el o c a t i o n ,s i z e , a n ds h a p eo ft h er e p a i rw e l ds h a l l accompany t h er a d i o g r a p h .P e n e t r a m e t e r s ,l o c a t i o nm a r k e r so rf i l mi d e n t i f i c a t i o n shall not be placed in the weld r e p a i r a r e a s b e i n g i n s p e c t e d . 3.10 Radiography of castings and forgings. Whenever p o s s i b l e a s i n g l e wall t e c h n i q u e s h a l l b e u s e d ; h o w e v e r , f o r c a s t i n g a n d f o r g i n g a r e a s w i t h n o m i n a l i n t e r n a ld i m e n s i o n s 4 i n c h e s o r l e s s a double-walltechnique may beused. The minimum s o u r c e - t o - f i l m d i s t a n c e s h a l l b e c a l c u l a t e d u s i n g t h e o u t s i d e d i a m e t e r t h ei t e mr a d i o g r a p h e d as specimenthickness T

. S

of

3.11 Radiographic film ownership. Unless otherwise specified, radiog r a p h i c f i l m and t h e a s s o c i a t e d i n s p e c t i o n r e c o r d s o f a n i t e m s h a l l p r o p e r t yo ft h ep u r c h a s e ro ft h ei t e m .M a i n t e n a n c eo fr a d i o g r a p h i cr e c o r d s shall be in accordance with 1.8.

become t h e

4.

MAGNETIC PARTICLE TESTING

4 . 1 Intended use. The i n s p e c t i o np r o c e s s i s i n t e n d e df o rt h ed e t e c t i o n materials. Drawings o fs u r f a c eo rn e a rs u r f a c ed i s c o n t i n u i t i e si nm a g n e t i c specifying magnetic particle inspection shall employsymbols i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h h W S A2.4.

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

4D . 2e f i n i t i o n s . 4 . 2 . 1 Arc s t r i k e s . Any l o c a l i z e dh e a t - a f f e c t e dz o n ew i t h a change i n t h e c o n t o u r of t h e s u r f a c e of t h e f i n i s h e d weld o r a d j a c e n t b a s e m e t a l r e s u l t i n g froman a r c o r h e a t g e n e r a t e d by t h e p a s s a g e of e l e c t r i c a l e n e r g y between t h e s u r f a c e of t h e f i n i s h e d weld o r b a s e m e t a l and m a g n e t t c p a r t i c l e inspectionelectrodes. 4 . 2 . 2B l a c kl i g h t .B l a c kl i g h t i s t h et e r mp o p u l a r l ya p p l i e dt ot h e invisibleradiantenergyinthatportionoftheultravioletspectrunljust beyond t h e b l u e of t h e v i s i b l e s p e c t r u m . I t is therangebetween 320 and 400 nanometers i n wave l e n g t h . 4 . 2 . 3C i r c u l a r method. The c i r c u l a r method c o n s i s t s of inducing a circularmagneticfieldinthepiecesuchthatthemagneticlinesofforce(in any oneplanenormal t o t h e a x i s of t h e c u r r e n t ) t a k e t h e form of c o n c e n t r i c r i n g sa b o u tt h ea x i so ft h ec u r r e n t .T h i s i s accomplished by p a s s i n gt h e current directly through the piece o r through a conductor which passes into or through a h o l e i n t h e p i e c e . The c i r c u l a r method i s a p p l i c a b l e f o r t h e d e t e c t i o n of d e f e c t s w i t h a x i s a p p r o x i m a t e l y p a r a l l e l o r r a d i a l t o t h e d i r e c t i o n o f t h e currentthroughthepiece. 4.2.4 Continuous method. The continuous method of examination consists of applying or otherwise making a v a i l a b l e o n t h e s u r f a c e o f t h e p i e c e anample amount of f e r r o m a g n e t i c p a r t i c l e s t o form s a t i s f a c t o r y i n d i c a t i o n s w h i l e t h e magnetizingcurrent i s b e i n g a p p l i e d .

i s a term used t od e s c r i b et h ee f f e c t 4 . 2 . 5F l u o r e s c e n c e .F l u o r e s c e n c e produced by c e r t a i n c h e m i c a l p r o d u c t s which e x h i b i t t h e p r o p e r t y o f e m i t t i n g v i s i b l el i g h td u r i n ga c t i v a t i o n by b l a c kl i g h t .T h e s em a t e r i a l sa b s o r bt h e invisibleenergy,alter i t s wave l e n g t h , a n d e m i t t h e e n e r g y i n t h e formof l i g h t which i s v i s i b l e t o t h e e y e .


4.2.6 Longitudinal method. The l o n g i t u d i n a l method c o n s i s t s of inducing a magneticfieldinthepiecesuchthatthemagneticlinesofforceextending through the piece are approximately parallel to the axis of the magnetizing c o i l , o r t o a l i n e c o n n e c t i n g t h e two p o l e s when e l e c t r o m a g n e t s a r e u s e d , and t e n dt of o l l o wt h ec o n t o u ro ft h ep i e c e ,T h i s method i s a p p l i c a b l e f o r d e t e c t i o n of d e f e c t s w i t h a x e s a p p r o x i m a t e l y t r a n s v e r s e t o t h e a x i s of t h e c o i l o r t o a l i n e c o n n e c t i n g t h e two p o i n t s o f a p p l i c a t i o n of t h e electromagnets.
~

4 . 2 . 7M a g n e t i cp a r t i c l e s . The m a g n e t i cp a r t i c l e su s e df o ro b t a i n i n g patternsofdiscontinuitiesshallbeof a nontoxic,finelydividedferromagnetic material of high permeability and low r e t e n t i v i t y , f r e e from d e l e teriousrust,grease,paint,dirtorothermaterial whichmight interfere w i t ht h e i rp r o p e rf u n c t i o n i n g .P a r t i c l e ss h a l lb eo fs u c hs i z e ,s h a p e and c o l o r as t o p r o v i d e a d e q u a t e s e n s i t i v i t y and c o n t r a s t f o r t h e i n t e n d e d u s e . Particles to be used a t elevatedtemperatureshallprovideadequatecontrast and p a r t i c l e m o b i l i t y a t t h e maximum temperature a t which inspection i s t o be performed.

Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

PlIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June1986 4.2.8 Residual method. In t h er e s i d u a l method of examination, the magnetic particles are applied to the piece after it hasbeenmagnetizedand themagnetizingcurrent is off.
4 . 2 . 9 Relevani t n d i c a t i o n sA . ccumulations of magnetic particles caused by d i s c o n t i n u i t i e s i n t h e i t e m t e s t e d which s h a l l b e e v a l u a t e d t o t h e applicableacceptancecriteria.

4 . 2 . 1 0I n d i c a t i o n . Any m a g n e t i c a l l yh e l dm a g n e t i cp a r t i c l ep a t t e r n s u r f a c e of a p a r t b e i n g t e s t e d .

on t h e

4.2.11 Non-relevani t n d i c a t i o n sA . ccumulations of magnetic particles h e l d t o a particular area caused by conditions which have no bearing on t h e s u i t a b i l i t y of t h e p a r t f o r s e r v i c e . Examples of s u c hi n d i c a t i o n sa r e as follows :

(a> M a g n e t i cw r i t i n g .I n d i c a t i o n

i s fuzzy and will b ed e s t r o y e d by d e m a g n e t i z a t i o n .T h e s ei n d i c a t i o n sa r ec a u s e d by c o n t a c tw i t h o t h e r s t e e l o r magnetswhilemagnetized. and fuzzy caused by Change i n s e c t i o n .I n d i c a t i o n sa r eb r o a d c o n c e n t r a t i o n of m a g n e t i c f i e l d . Flow l i n e s .T h e s ea r el a r g eg r o u p so fp a r a l l e li n d i c a t i o n s whichoccur i n f o r g i n g s u n d e r e x c e s s i v e c u r r e n t s . Change i n p e r m e a b i l i t y .

4.3 Magnetic particle inspection requirements. 4.3.1 G e n e r arle q u i r e m e n t s . 4 . 3 . 1 . 1 Method. Magnetic p a r t i c l ei n s p e c t i o n e i t h e r t h e wet o r d r y method. Where p r a c t i c a l , t h e o n machined s u r f a c e s (250 r a o r s m o o t h e r ) . may be performed by wet method s h a l l b e u s e d

4 . 3 . 1 . 1 . 1L i g h t i n gi n t e s t a r e a . The t e s t a r e a may b ea d e q u a t e l y illuminatedforproperevaluationofindicationsrevealed on t h e t e s t s u r f a c e . When f l u o r e s c e n tm a g n e t i cp a r t i c l em a t e r i a l i s u s e d ,t h ei n s p e c t i o n shallbeaccomplishedin a darkened area using black light (ultraviolet l i g h t ) . The b l a c k l i g h t s o u r c e s h a l l b e a 1 0 0 - w a t to rg r e a t e rc l e a rm e r c u r y f l o o d l i g h t (Westinghousetype B44-4 JPi L i f e g u a r d , o r e q u a l ) f i t t e d w i t h a heat-resistingblacklightfilter (Kopp no.41orCorningno.5874,orequal) which f i l t e r s a u t v i s i b l e l i g h t and t r a n s m i t s u l t r a v i o l e t l i g h t . A minimum of 5 minutesshallbeallowedforthe lamp t o o b t a i n f u l l b r i l l i a n c e b e f o r e b e g i n n i n gt h ei n s p e c t i o n . The l i g h t - t o - t e s t - s u r f a c ed i s t a n c es h a l ln o te x c e e d 15inchesfor100-wattsource. The maximum d i s t a n c ef o rg r e a t e rl i g h ts o u r c e s h a l lb ep r o r a t e d . The l i g h t b u l b and t h e f i l t e r s h a l l b e f r e e o f d u s t and stain to assure adequate black light intensity. 4.3.1.2 Procedure. The m a g n e t i cp a r t i c l ei n s p e c t i o np r o c e d u r es h a l lh a v e t h e proven a b i l i t y t o d e t e c t a 1/16-inch long by 0.006-inchwide by 0 . 0 2 - i n c h deepnotch (maximum d i m e n s i o n s )o r i e n t e d 90 d e g r e e st ot h em a g n e t i cf l u x . The notch shall be cut in a 3/8-inch low a l l o y steel p l a t e and s h a l l b e f i l l e d f l u s h

25
--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

MIL-STD-Z71F(SH) 27 June 1986 w i t h a nonconductingmaterial,such as epoxy, t o p r e v e n t m e c h a n i c a l h o l d i n g o f t h e i n d i c a t i n g medium. The p r o c e d u r es h a l li n c l u d ea s a minimum t h ef o l l o w i n g

M a t e r i a l ,s h a p e s , and sizes t o b e t e s t e d . Type and d i r e c t i o n o f m a g n e t i z a t i o n t o b e u s e d . Equipment t o be used for magnetization. Surfacepreparation(finishing and c l e a n i n g ) . Whetherwet o r d r y method i s t o be used. Type o f m a g n e t i c p a r t i c l e s t o b e u s e d . Whether c o n t i n u o u s o r r e s i d u a l method i s used. Magnetizingcurrent(amperage,acordc). Demagnetization. Testforconcentrationofparticlesuspension(ifany), Sketchesor a c h a r t showing t h e t y p i c a l i n s p e c t i o n g r i d t o used. Method of p a r t i c l e a p p l i c a t i o n andremoval, Applicableacceptancestandards.

be

4.3.1.3 Surface preparation. Prior to inspection, surfaces shall be dry and free fromany contamination which might interfere with the proper formation o r i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of t h e m a g n e t i c p a r t i c l e p a t t e r n s . With theexceptionofundercutswhicharewithinspecificationallowances,thecontourofweldsshallbe blendedsmoothly and g r a d u a l l yi n t ot h eb a s em e t a l .S u r f a c ei r r e g u l a r i t i e ss h a l l b e removed t o t h e e x t e n t t h a t t h e y will n o t i n t e r f e r e w i t h i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of t h e testresults. The f i n a l m a g n e t i c p a r t i c l e i n s p e c t i o n s h a l l b e p e r f o r m e d i n t h e f i n a l s u r f a c e and h e a t - t . r e a t e d c o n d i t i o n s a s s p e c i f i e d i n 1 . 4 . 4 . 3 . 1 . 3 . 1C l e a n i n g and masking. Grease o ro t h e rm a t t e r which might interfere with the proper distribution and c o n c e n t r a t i o n , o r w i t h t h e i n t e n s i t y , character, or definition ofmagnetic p a r t i c l e i n d i c a t i o n s s h a l l b e removed from t h es u r f a c eu n d e r g o i n gt h et e s t s . A l l o p e n i n g ss h a l lb ep l u g g e dt op r e v e n t accumulation of magnetic particles or other matter where it cannot be completely o r r e a d i l y removed by washingand a i r b l a s t i n g . 4 . 3 . 1 . 3 . 2C l e a n i n gs o l u t i o n .C h l o r i n a t e ds o l v e n t ss h a l ln o tb eu s e d p a r t sc o n t a i n i n gc r e v i c e s .
--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

on
i

4 . 3 . 1 . 4D i r e c t i o no fm a g n e t i z a t i o n . To i n s u r ed e t e c t i o no fd i s c o n t i n u i t i e sh a v i n ga x e si n any d i r e c t i o n , a t l e a s t two s e p a r a t e i n s p e c t i o n s s h a l l b e c a r r i e d o u t on eacharea. The s e c o n di n s p e c t i o ns h a l lb ew i t ht h em a g n e t i cf i e l d a tr i g h ta n g l e st ot h a tu s e di nt h ef i r s ti n s p e c t i o n . A d i f f e r e n t means of magnetizing may be employed f o r t h e s e c o n d i n s p e c t i o n o f t h e a r e a .

26
Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

MIL-STD-271F

N D m 9977911 0 0 5 9 8 b 7 1 m
NIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986

4.3.1.5 Demagnetizing apparatus. Demagnetizing equipment shall consist ofunits,suchastheopencoilorbox-typedemagnetizer,withsufficientcapaci t y t o demagnetize the item. 4.3.1.5.1 Demagnetization. A l l items shall be demagnetized lowingstagestoobtainsatisfactoryindicationsofdiscontinuities:

a t t h ef o l -

( a )P r i o rt ot e s t i n g ,i ft h em a t e r i a lc o n t a i n ss t r o n g remnant f i e l d s from some p r e v i o u s o p e r a t i o n and i n s p e c t i o n . a l l m a g n e t i cp a r t i c l et e s t i n g i s completed, i f t h e remnant (b)After f i e l d i n t e r f e r e s with t h e r e m o v a l o f t h e m a g n e t i c p a r t i c l e s in cleaning the part or when s p e c i f i e d i n t h e a p p r o p r i a t e e q u i p ment s p e c i f i c a t i o n . 4 . 3 . 1 . 6 Equipment a c c u r a c y . Flagnetic particle testing equipment shall be checked f o r a c c u r a c y a t t h e t i m e o f p u r c h a s e and a t an i n t e r v a l n o t t o e x c e e d 6monthsandwhenever e l e c t r i c a l m a i n t e n a n c e i s performedwhich may a f f e c t t h e equipmentaccuracy. 4 . 3 . 1 . 6 . 1 Dc p o r t a b l ep r o d and s t a t i o n a r ym a g n e t i cp a r t i c l ee q u i p m e n t . To checktheequipmentammeter, a s u i t a b l e c a l i b r a t e d ammeter s h a l l b e c o n n e c t e d in series with suitable shunts and t h e c u r r e n t t h r o u g h t h e e l e c t r o d e s m e a s u r e d . The amperagemeasuredby t h e d c ammeter d u r i n g t h e t e s t s h a l l s i m u l t a n e o u s l y b e compared t o t h a t i n d i c a t e d on t h e m e t e r o f t h e m a g n e t i c p a r t i c l e u n i t . The equipment meter s h a l l a g r e e w i t h i n 5 p e r c e n t o f t h e c u r r e n t m e a s u r e d by t h e calibration meter. 4 . 3 . 1 . 6 . 2 Yoke equipment. The yoke equipment s h a l l be checked for a d e q u a c yo fm a g n e t i z a t i o ns t r e n g t h .W i t ht h ep o l es p a c i n gs e tt ot h e maximum, t h e l i f t i n g power, a s a p p l i e d t o c a r b o n o r a l l o y s t e e l , s h a l l b e 10 poundsminim u m foracelectromagneticyokes and 40 pounds minimum forpermanent magnet yokes. Yokes w i t h p o l e s p a c i n g g r e a t e r t h a n 8 inchesaretobespecificallyapproved f o r u s e by NAVSEA, 4.3.1.7 Magnetizing current. The m a g n e t i z i n g current shall be based onformulasprovidedhereinorthecurrentshallbedetermined by means ofa segmentedmagnetic f i e l d i n d i c a t o r as shown on f i g u r e 6 . Where examination i s beingperformed oncomplex s h a p e s , t h e f i e l d i n d i c a t o r s h a l l b e u s e d t o determinetheadequacy of t h e f i e l d . The c u r r e n t o r t e c h n i q u e s h a l l b e modifiedasnecessarytoensurethatanadequatefield is present on all s u r f a c e st ob e examined. S u i t a b l em a g n e t i cf l u x i s i n d i c a t e d when t h e i n d i c a t o r i s l a i d ,c o p p e rs i d eu p ,o nt h e work p i e c e i n t h e a r e a o f i n t e r e s t and a f t e r a p p l i c a t i o n o f t h e m a g n e t i c p a r t i c l e s ( a n d r e m o v a l o f e x c e s s particlesforthedry powder method),and thelinesat 45 and 90 d e g r e e s t o t h e applied field are clearly visible. 4.3.2
W e t method.

4.3.2.1 General requirements. Finely divided magnetic particles shall besuspended i n a l i q u i d v e h i c l e a s t h e i n d i c a t i n g m a t e r i a l . The magnetic p a r t i c l e s may b e e i t h e r f l u o r e s c e n t o r n o n f l u o r e s c e n t .

Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

MIL-STD-27LF N D m 44444LL 0054868 3 m


~~ ~~

LIIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986

4.3.2.1.1 Equipment, The m a g n e t i z i n g apparatus shall be capable of inducing, i n t h e i t e m u n d e r t e s t , a m a g n e t i cf l u xo fs u i t a b l ei n t e n s i t yi nt h e d e s i r e d d i r e c t i o n by e i t h e r t h e c i r c u l a r o r t h e l o n g i t u d i n a l method. 4 . 3 . 2 . 2V e h i c l e s . The l i q u i du s e da s a v e h i c l ef o rb o t hn o n f l u o r e s c e n t and f l u o r e s c e n t m a g n e t i c p a r t i c l e s s h a l l comply with the following: ( a )P e t r o l e u md i s t i l l a t ec o n f o r m i n gt ot h ef o l l o w i n gs p e c i f i c a t i o n s shall be used: (1)
--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

P-D-680
ASTM D 3699 S A E ANS 3161

(2) (3) (b)

Dry c l e a n i nsg olven (type solvent). Kerosene. Kerosene,deodorized.

2 Stoddard

Tap w a t e r w i t h s u i t a b l e r u s t i n h i b i t o r s and w e t t i n g and antifoaming agents may b e s u b s t i t u t e d f o r t h e p e t r o l e u m distillate, ( c )L i q u i dv e h i c l e su s e dw i t hf l u o r e s c e n tm a g n e t i cp a r t i c l e ss h a l l be nonfluorescent.

4.3.2.2.1 .P r i o rt ot h ea p p l i c a t i o n of t h e suspension, a l l o i l , g r e a s e , o r o t h e r f o r e i g n m a t t e r s h a l l bethoroughly removed from t h es u r f a c et ob et e s t e d ,F o l l o w i n gt h er e m o v a l of t h es u s p e n s i o n ,t h e pieceshallbethoroughlycleaned and d r i e d . 4 . 3 . 2 . 3t l a g n e t i cp a r t i c l e s .M a g n e t i cp a r t i c l e ss h a l lb en o n t o x i ca n d s h a l le x h i b i t good v i s u a lc o n t r a s t .F l u o r e s c e n tm a g n e t i cp a r t i c l e ss h a l l r e a d i l y v i s i b l e when exposed t o a f i l t e r e d b l a c k l i g h t , a s s p e c i f i e d i n 4.3.1.1.1. 4.3.2.4 SuspensionsS , uspensions shall consist of the liquid vehicle and e i t h e r f l u o r e s c e n t or n o n f l u o r e s c e n t m a g n e t i c p a r t i c l e s , b u t b o t h t y p e s p a r t i c l e ss h a l ln o tb eu s e ds i m u l t a n e o u s l y .V i s c o s i t yo ft h es u s p e n s i o ns h a l l b el i m i t e dt o a maximum o f5 . 0c e n t i s t o k e sa ta m b i e n tt e m p e r a t u r e .C o n c e n t r a t i o n of t h e s u s p e n s i o n s s h a l l b e m a i n t a i n e d i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h 4 . 3 . 2 . 6 . 1 . 4.3.2.5 Procedure. Suspensions shall be applied to items being tested by s p r a y i n g or immersion t o e n s u r e t h o r o u g h c o v e r a g e o f a r e a s r e q u i r i n g t e s t s . 4.3.2.5.1 Continuous methods. For the continuous method, the magnetizing of suspension from circuitshallbeenergizedjustbeforedivertingthestream theitembeingtested,orjustbefore removing t h e i t e m from t h e s u s p e n s i o n i f t e s t i n g i s by immersion, and allowed t o r e m a i ne n e r g i z e df o ra tl e a s t1 / 5s e c o n d , withtheresultthatthemagnetizingcurrent i s a p p l i e dw h i l et h ei t e m is s t i l l covered with a f i l m o f s u s p e n s i o n s u f f i c i e n t t o g i v e s a t i s f a c t o r y i n d i c a t i o n s . 4.3.2.5.2 Residual method. For t h er e s i d u a l method, t h ei t e ms h a l lb e which magnetizedby t h e a p p l i c a t i o n of c u r r e n t f o r a t l e a s t 1 / 5 s e c o n d , a f t e r themagnetizingcurrentshall be t u r n e d o f f and t h e s u s p e n s i o n s h a l l b e a p p l i e d e i t h e r by s p r a y i n go r by immersion i nt h es u s p e n s i o n .F o ra p p l i c a t i o n by

be

of

28
Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

MIL-STD-271F ND m 7 7 7 7 7 3 3 0 0 5 7 8 6 7 5
NIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986

i m m e r s i o n ,t h ei t e ms h a l lb e removed c a r e f u l l y from t h e s u s p e n s i o n t o a v o i d w a s h i n go f ft h ei n d i c a t i o n s . The r e s i d u a l method s h a l l b e u s e d o n l y f o r i n s p e c t i o no fs m a l lp a r t s ,s u c ha sn u t s ,b o l t s ,p i n s ,g e a r s , and o t h e r s . 4.3.2.5.3 Circular magnetization; central conductor (indirect method).

A centralconductorshallbeusedinallcaseswheretestingofinternalsurfaces
o fe n c l o s e do rc y c l i n d r i c a l l ys h a p e di t e m so fs m a l ld i a m e t e r is required. A c e n f r a l c o n d u c t o r may a l s o b e u s e d f o r c i r c u l a r m a g n e t i z a t i o n o f o t h e r s h a p e s , when a p p l i c a b l e . The c o n d u c t o r ss h a l lb ea sn e a rt h ei n s i d ed i a m e t e ra sp r a c t i c a b l e .I t e m ss h a l lb es p a c e dt oa v o i dc o n t a c t , and i f w a r r a n t e d by t h eq u a n t i t y of work i n v o l v e d , s u i t a b l e f i x t u r e s s h a l l b e u s e d f o r p r o p e r o r i e n t a t i o n . 4 . 3 . 2 . 5 . 4C i r c u l a rm a g n e t i z a t i o n ;i t e ma sc o n d u c t o r( d i r e c tm e t h o d ) . Where it i s n e c e s s a r y t o p a s s c u r r e n t t h r o u g h t h e i t e m , c a r e s h a l l b e exercised t o preventarcingoroverheating at t h e e l e c t r o d e c o n t a c t a r e a s . Contactareasshall be c l e a n , i t e m s s h a l l b e mounted h o r i z o n t a l l y between c o n t a c t p l a t e s , and s u i t a b l e h e a d p r e s s u r e e x e r t e d t o e n s u r e u n i f o r m m a g n e t i z a t i o n . When p r a c t i c a b l e ,l a r g e and heavy items s h a l l be mounted i n s u i t a b l ef i x t u r e st oe n s u r ep r o p e ro r i e n t a t i o n . When p r o t e c t i v ec o a t i n g s would i n t e r f e r e w i t h t h e flow o f c u r r e n t , t h e y s h a l l b e removed a t t h e a r e a of c o n t a c t .A f t e rt e s t s ,t h ec o a t i n gs h a l lb er e p a i r e d .

4.3.2.5.5 Circulam r a g n e t i z a t i o nm ; agnetizing current. The magnetizing currentrequiredforanitemdependson i t s s h a p e ,c o n f i g u r a t i o n , and s i z e . The optimum c u r r e n t s e t t i n g s h a l l b e d e t e r m i n e d by means of a segmentedmagnetic field indicator tested in accordance with 4.3.1.7. 4.3.2.5.6 Longitudinal magnetization. When a s o l e n o i d i s used t o magnetizeitems,thesolenoidshallbe no l a r g e r t h a n n e c e s s a r y t o accommodate theitem, anditemsshallbeorientatedwithinthesolenoidtoensure adequate field strength. 4.3.2.5.7 L o n g i t u d i n am l agnetizing c u r r e n tF . or l o n g i t u d i n am l agnetization u s i n g a solenoid,themagnetizingforceinampere-turnsshouldbedeterminedin t h e f o l l o w i n g manner f o r g e n e r a l a p p l i c a t i o n s : The a m p e r e - t u r n s u s e d s h a l l b e 10,00O/L/D t o 30,00O/L/D,where L is the l e n g t h and D i s t h ed i a m e t e ro ft h ep a r t . The L/D r a t i o f o r p a r t s b e i n g m a g n e t i z e ds h a l lb e two o r more. C o i l s are u s u a l l y e f f e c t i v e i n m a g n e t i z i n g t h e p a r tf o ra b o u t 8 t o 1 2 inches from e a c he n do ft h ec o i l .I fl o n g e rp a r t sa r et o b ei n s p e c t e d ,s e v e r a lm a g n e t i z i n gs h o t s w i l l b er e q u i r e d .E i t h e rt h ei n s i d eo r t h e o u t s i d e d i a m e t e r may be used depending on which s u r f a c e i s b e i n g i n s p e c t e d . When b o t h s u r f a c e s a r e t o b e i n s p e c t e d , t h e l a r g e r d i a m e t e r s h a l l b e u s e d . Nagneticfieldindicatorshallbeusedasspecifiedin4.3.2.5.5. 4 . 3 . 2 . 6 Maintenance of suspension. The s u s p e n s i o ni nu s es h a l lb e testedforcontent o fm a g n e t i cp a r t i c l e s a t i n t e r v a l s d e p e n d i n g upon frequency ofuse,discoloration andcontamination,butinanyevent a t a minimum of onceeachday. When t h es u s p e n s i o n becomes d i s c o l o r e d by o i l o r c o n t a m i n a t e d with lint or other foreign material to the extent that proper distribution and

29
Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

MIL-STD-27LF N D 9 77777LL 0057870 L 9


PfIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986 concentrationofthesuspensionortheintensity,character,ordefinition thedepositofthemagneticparticlesareinterferedwith,thecontainershall bedrained,thoroughlycleanedandrefilledwithcleansuspension, 4.3.2.6.1 Concentration of suspension t e s t . The t e s t method s h a l l be determined by t h eo r g a n i z a t i o n .I ff o r anyreasonthe Government I n s p e c t o r doubtstheadequacy of t h e method employed, h e s h a l l r e q u e s t t h e c o n c e n t r a t i o n t o becheckedby the following tests: (a)Fill a s t a n d a r d1 0 0 - m i l l i l i t e r (mL) g r a d u a t et ot h e 100 mL mark with the suspension directly from t h e h o s e o r o t h e r d e v i c e u s e d f o r p o u r i n g it o v e r t h e p i e c e i n making a t e s t , o r froman immersion tank after the suspension has been thoroughly agitated. 30 minutes t o p r e c i p i t a t e , o r Letthesuspensionstandfor until the solid matter i s a p p a r e n t l y a l l down. ( b )D e c a n tt h ec l e a nl i q u i da sf a r as p r a c t i c a b l ew i t h o u tl o s so f magneticsubstance. II Stoddard (c)Refillgraduateabovemagneticsubstancewithtype Solvent in accordance with P-D-680 o r a c e t o n e f o r w a t e r - b a s e suspension. Shake well and l e t s t a n df o r 30 minutes t o p r e c i p i t a t e a secondtime. (d) Read t h e h e i g h t o r volume o f t h e p r e c i p i t a t e i n t h e g r a d u a t e . The r e a d i n g ss h a l lb ea sf o l l o w s : (1) (2) The n o n f l u o r e s c e n tm a g n e t i cp a r t i c l e s : 1 . 2 t o 2 . 4 mL. The f l u o r e s c e n tm a g n e t i cp a r t i c l e s : 0 . 1 t o 0 . 7 mL. was checked d a i l y ,s t e p s( b ) and ( c ) may be of

( e )I ft h ec o n c e n t r a t i o n omitted. 4.3.3 Dry powder method.

4.3.3.1 General requirements for magnetic particles. The magnetic particlesusedforobtainingpatternsofdiscontinuitiesshallbeof a nontoxic,finelydividedferromagneticmaterialofhighpermeability and lcw r e t e n t i v i t y , f r e e from d e l e t e r i o u sr u s t ,g r e a s e ,p a i n t ,d i r t ,o ro t h e r material which might i n t e r f e r ew i t ht h e i rp r o p e rf u n c t i o n i n g .P a r t i c l e ss h a l l b eo fs u c hs i z e ,s h a p ea n dc o l o ra st op r o v i d ea d e q u a t es e n s i t i v i t y and c o n t r a s tf o rt h ei n t e n d e du s e . Upon r e c e i p t ,e a c hl o to fm a g n e t i cp a r t i c l e s shall be tested for their ability t o detect in the vertical position known l i n e a rd e f e c t s1 / 1 6i n c h and l o n g e ri n a weldment. Where l o t i d e n t i f i c a t i o n i s notavailable,themagneticparticlesofeachcontainer mustbe s u b j e c t e d t o t h e above t e s t . 4 . 3 . 3 . 2A p p l y i n gp a r t i c l e s . Dry m a g n e t i cp a r t i c l e ss h a l lb ea p p l i e d i n s u c h a manner t h a t a l i g h t , u n i f o r m , d u s t - l i k e c o a t i n g s e t t l e s upon t h e s u r f a c eu n d e rt e s t .A u t o m a t i c powder a p p l i c a t o r ss h a l ln o tb eu s e df o rt h e application of dry magnetic particles unless specifically approved by NAVSEA. Onlyhandpowder applicators are permitted.

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

30
Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

PIIL - STD - 2 7 1 1 ; (SH) 27 June 1986


4.3.3.2.1 Removal o fe x c e s sp a r t i c l e s .E x c e s sd r yp a r t i c l e ss h a l lb e remove excess removed by means of a d r y a i r c u r r e n t of s u f f i c i e n t f o r c e t o p a r t i c l e s w i t h o u t removing r e l e v a n t i n d i c a t i o n s f o r m e d d u r i n g powder a p p l i c a t i o n . Removal o f e x c e s s p a r t i c l e s s h a l l comply w i t h t h e p r o c e d u r e o f 4 . 3 . 1 . 2 and must beaccomplishedwhilethemagneticfield is applied to the item under test. 4.3.3.3

Magnetizing procedures. The method of magnetization and the 4 . 3 . 2 . 5 . 3 ,4 . 3 . 2 . 5 . 4 and 4 . 3 . 2 . 5 . 5 ,

4.3.3.3.1 C i r c u l a rm a g n e t i z a t i o n . m a g n e t i z i n gc u r r e n ts h a l lb ea ss p e c i f i e di n a sa p p l i c a b l e .

4.3.3.3.2 Longitudinal magnetization. themagnetizingcurrentshallbeasspecifiedin

The method

4.3.2.5.6

of magnetization and and 4 . 3 . 2 . 5 . 7 .

4.3.3.3.3 Yoke magnetization. Magnetic yokes may be used for magnetization,providedthesensitivitytodetectsurfacedefects i s demonstratedas specified in 4.3.1.2.

Eiagnetizing current (prod methods). For prods, the 4.3.3.3.4 magnetizingcurrent,directorrectified,shallbe computed o n t h e b a s i s o f 1 0 0 t o 125 amperes perinchofprodspacing.Proddistancesof less t h a n 2 i n c h e sa r en o t recommended, however,prodspacing of l e s s t h a n 2 inches may be used,providedpriorconcurrence of t h e Government I n s p e c t o r i s o b t a i n e d .
4.3.3.4

Magnetizingtechnique(yokeandprod).

4.3.3.4.1 Weld i n s p e c t i o n . The m a g n e t i cf i e l ds h a l lb ei n d u c e dw i t h the p r o d so ry o k el e g sp l a c e dd i a g o n a l l y , 30 t o 45 d e g r e e s , t o t h e l o n g i t u d i n a l axisattheweld, and r e p e a t i n g t h i s t e s t a l o n g t h e o p p o s i t e d i a g o n a l o f t h e weld. Duringinspectionofadjacentareasoftheweld,theprodsoryokelegs s h a l lo v e r l a pt h ep r e v i o u sp l a c e m e n t by a minimum of 1 i n c h . A s a n a l t e r n a t i v e , t h e m a g n e t i c f i e l d s may beinduced by p l a c i n g t h e p r o d s or yoke l e g s p a r a l l e l t o thelongitudinalaxis of theweld,overlappingthepreviousplacement by a minim u m of 1 inch. Subsequent t ot h el o n g i t u d i n a lp l a c e m e n t ,t h e weld s h a l l be i n s p e c t e d by p l a c i n g t h e p r o d s o r y o k e l e g s p e r p e n d i c u l a r t o t h e w e l d . When t h i s alternative is used, the area to be inspected shall be limited to one-fourth of the prodoryokelegspacing on e i t h e r s i d e of a l i n e j o i n i n g t h e p r o d s o r yoke legs. 4.3.3.4.2 Base m e t a l . Base metal s h a l l be i n s p e c t e du s i n gt h ep r o d and yoke leg placement requirements of 4 . 3 . 3 . 4 . 1 t oe s t a b l i s h a g r i dp a t t e r n t h a ta s s u r e st w o - d i r e c t i o n a lc o v e r a g eo fi n s p e c t i o na r e a s . 4.3.3.4.3 Continuous method. Inspection shall be carried out by t h e continuousmethod;that i s , t h em a g n e t i z i n gc u r r e n ts h a l lr e m a i n on d u r i n g t h e period the magnetic particles are being applied and w h i l e e x c e s s p a r t i c l e s a r e b e i n g removed.

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

FLIL-STD-271F(SIL) 27 June 1986

4 . 4 Non-relevant indications. A l l indications revealed by magnetic p a r t i c l e i n s p e c t i o n do n o t n e c e s s a r i l y r e p r e s e n t d e f e c t s s i n c e n o n - r e l e v a n t i n d i c a t i o n s are sometimes encountered. I f any i n d i c a t i o n sa r eb e l i e v e dt ob e non-relevant,thefollowing methods may beused t o p r o v e n o n - r e l e v a n c y :
A t l e a s t 10 p e r c e n t o fe a c ht y p eo fi n d i c a t i o ns h a l lb ee x p l o r e d by removing t h e s u r f a c e r o u g h n e s s b e l i e v e d t o h a v e c a u s e d t h e t y p eo fi n d i c a t i o nt od e t e r m i n ei fd e f e c t sa r ep r e s e n t . The absenceofindicationsunderreinspection by magnetic p a r t i c l e i n s p e c t i o n a f t e r removal of t h e s u r f a c e r o u g h n e s s s h a l l b e considered t o p r o v e t h a t t h e i n d i c a t i o n s were n o n - r e l e v a n t w i t h r e s p e c tt oa c t u a ld e f e c t s . If r e i n s p e c t i o n reveals any i n d i c a t i o n s , t h e s e and a l l o f t h e o r i g i n a l i n d i c a t i o n s s h a l l be consideredrelevant. (b) A l i q u i dp e n e t r a n ti n s p e c t i o na f t e rg r i n d i n gt o remove t h e surfaceroughnessbelievedtohavecausedtheindication. (c)Other methods approved by t h ea u t h o r i z e d N A V S E A representative.
(a) 4 . 5 F i n a lc l e a n i n g . After completion of inspection a l l magnetic p a r t i c l e s s h a l l be removed from a l l p a r t s . A l l t e m p o r a r yp l u g ss h a l lb e from h o l e s and c a v i t i e s . removed

4 . 6 Arc s t r i k e s . Arc s t r i k e ss h a l lb e ground o u t a n dr e i n s p e c t e d , using the prod or yokemethod, o r v i s u a l l y i n s p e c t e d a t 5X minimum magnificat on.
5. LIQUID PENETRANT TESTING

5 . 1 Intended use. The l i q u i dp e n e t r a n t t e s t method i s u s e df o r detectingthepresenceofsurfacediscontinuitiesinferrous and nonferrous materials. Drawings s p e c i f y i n gl i q u i dp e n e t r a n tt e s t i n gs h a l l employ n o n d e s t r u c t i v e t e s t symbols i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h A W S A2.4. 5.2 Definitions.

5 . 2 . 1 Developers. The d e v e l o p e r ss p e c i f i e dh e r e i n may be wet o rd r y m a t e r i a l whichdraws o r a b s o r b s p e n e t r a n t s from a s u r f a c e c r a c k o r d e f e c t t o such an e x t e n t t h a t e v i d e n c e o f t h e d e f e c t i s v i s i b l e u n d e rn a t u r a l ,w h i t e , b l a c kl i g h t , as a p p l i c a b l e .

or

5 . 2 . 2 B l a c kl i g h t .B l a c kl i g h t as s p e c i f i e dh e r e i na p p l i e st ot h e invisible radiant energy in that portion of the spectrum just beyond t h e b l u e a wave length of between 320 and 400 of t h e v i s i b l e spectrumandwhichhas nanometers. 5.2.3 Emulsifier. A n e m u l s i f i e r as d e f i n e dh e r e i n i s an agent which will, when added o r a p p l i e d t o a n o i l - l i k e p e n e t r a n t m a t e r i a l , make t h e p e n e t r a n t removable from s u r f a c e s by water r i n s i n g . 5.2.4 Self-emulsifiable. A self-emulsifiable m a t e r i a l i s an o i l - l i k e material c o n t a i n i n g a n e m u l s i f y i n g a g e n t w h i c h makes it water washable as app 1i e d

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

32
Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

MIL-STD-27LF N D
\
~~ ~~

m 77779LL 0059873 7 m
NIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986

5.2.5 Post-emulsifiable. A post-emulsifiable material i s an o i l - l i k e material which, a f t e r a p p l i c a t i o n t o a surface,canbe made waterwashableby a p p l i c a t i o n ofanemulsifier. 5.2.6 Penetrant remover. A p e n e t r a n t remover a ss p e c i f i e dh e r e i n is a s o l v e n t - t y p e l i q u i d which i s used t o c l e a n dye penetrants from t h e s u r f a c e o f material.
5 . 2 . 7 Fluorescence. Fluorescence i s a term used t od e s c r i b et h ee f f e c t s produced by certain chemical products which exhibit the property of emitting v i s i b l e l i g h t by t h ea c t i v a t i o no fb l a c kl i g h t .T h e s em a t e r i a l sa b s o r bt h e invisibleenergy,alter i t s wave l e n g t h , and e m i t t h e e n e r g y i n t h e form of l i g h t which i s v i s i b l e t o t h e e y e .

5.3 Inspection methods. t o and u s e t h e m a t e r i a l g r o u p

The i n s p e c t i o n method d e s i g n a t i o n shall correspond numbers s p e c i f i e d i n 5 . 3 . 1 .

5 . 3 . 1 Type of l i q u i dp e n e t r a n tm a t e r i a l .U n l e s so t h e r w i s es p e c i f i e d , liquid penetrant material shall meet t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f MIL-1-25135, and t h e t o t a l h a l o g e n s and sulphurofeachmaterialshallnotexceed 1 p e r c e n t by w e i g h to ft h er e s i d u e . Each g r o u po fm a t e r i a ls h a l lb ef u r n i s h e dc o m p l e t e by one manufacturer: Group I

Group II Group III

Group I V Group V Group V I

Group V I 1

Consisting of a solvent-removable visible dye penetrant with associated penetrant remover ( s o l v e n t ) and a non-aqueouswetdeveloper. C o n s i s t i n go fp o s t e m u l s i f i a b l ev i s i b l ed y ep e n e trantwithassociatedemulsifier and a d r y , w e t , o r nonaqueouswet d e v e l o p e r . C o n s i s t i n g of a w a t e r - w a s h a b l e v i s i b l e d y e p e n e t r a n tw i t ha s s o c i a t e dd r y ,w e t ,o rn o n a q u e o u s wet d e v e l o p e r . C o n s i s t i n g of a w a t e r - w a s h a b l ef l u o r e s c e n t p e n e t r a n t and a s s o c i a t e d d r y , w e t , o r nonaqueous wet d e v e l o p e r . Consisting of a postemulsifiable fluorescent p e n e t r a n ta n da s s o c i a t e de m u l s i f i e r and d r y , w e t , o r nonaqueouswet d e v e l o p e r . C o n s i s t i n go f a h i g h i n t e n s i t y p o s t e m u l s i f i a b l e fluorescentpenetrantandassociatedemulsifierand d r y , wet, andnonaqueouswetdeveloper. Consistingof a solvent-removablefluorescent penetrantwithassociatedpenetrant remover ( s o l v e n t ) anddry, wet, o r nonaqueouswetdeveloper.

33
Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

PfIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986

5.4 General requirements. Penetrant esting shall be performed in accordancewith a w r i t t e np r o c e d u r e . Group I p e n e t r a n tm a t e r i a ls h a l lb eu s e d forallwelds,exceptcastinginspections andweld r e p a i r s t o c a s t i n g wherean 5 . 3 . 1 may beused. The useofotherthangroup a p p r o p r i a t eg r o u pl i s t e di n I penetrantmaterialsforweldsnotstatedhereinshallrequireapproval by NAVSEA a u t h o r i z e d r e p r e s e n t a t i v e .
5 . 4 . 1 Equipment requirements. The t e s t equipment operated by q u a l i f i e d nondestructive test personnel shall be capable of consistently obtaining results of s p e c i f i e d l e v e l of s e n s i t i v i t y . 5.4.2

c o n t a i n ,a s

Procedure. The l i q u i d penetrant inspection procedures shall a minimum, t h ef o l l o w i n gi n f o r m a t i o n : (a) Brand name and s p e c i f i cg r o u pt y p e , number and l e t t e r d e s i g n a t i o n , or b o t h ,o fp e n e t r a n t ,e m u l s i f i e r ,p e n e t r a n t remover,anddeveloper. (b) D e t a i l s of method o fp r e c l e a n i n g and d r y i n g ,i n c l u d i n gc l e a n i n g materials used and time allowed for drying. ( c )D e t a i l so f method o fp e n e t r a n ta p p l i c a t i o n ,t h el e n g t ho ft i m e thatthepenetrantremains on t h e s u r f a c e , and t h e t e m p e r a t u r e of t h e s u r f a c e and p e n e t r a n t d u r i n g p e n e t r a t i o n . ( d )D e t a i l s of method of removingexcesspenetrantfromthesurface, and o f d r y i n g t h e s u r f a c e b e f o r e a p p l y i n g t h e d e v e l o p e r . of t h e method o fa p p l y i n gt h ed e v e l o p e ra n dt h el e n g t h ( e )D e t a i l s of developing time b e f o r e i n s p e c t i o n . ( f ) Method o f post-test cleaning. (g) The a p p l i c a b l e acceptance standards.

5.4.2.1 Change o fp e n e t r a n tm a t e r i a l s . When t h eb r a n d or typeof p e n e t r a n t , p e n e t r a n t remover ( s o l v e n t ) o r d e v e l o p e r d i f f e r s from t h a t s p e c i f i e d i n t h e p r o c e d u r e , a new p r o c e d u r e s h a l l b e p r e p a r e d which i n c l u d e s a l l t h e information required by 5 . 4 . 2 .

5.5

S u r fa c ep r e p a r a t i o n .

5 . 5 . 1 General requirements. Surfaces to be inspected shall be free from s c a l e , s l a g and a d h e r i n g o r imbedded s a n d o r o t h e r e x t r a n e o u s m a t e r i a l s . With t h e e x c e p t i o n o f u n d e r c u t s w h i c h a r e w i t h i n s p e c i f i c a t i o n a l l o w a n c e s , t h e contourofweldsshallblendsmoothlyandgraduallyintothebasemetal. Weld surface irregularities shall be removed t o t h e e x t e n t t h a t t h e y w i l l not i n t e r f e r ew i t hi n t e r p x e t a t i o n of t h e t e s t r e s u l t s . The f i n a l l i q u i d p e n e t r a n t inspectionshallbeperformedinthefinalsurfacecondition as s p e c i f i e d i n 1 . 4 h e r e i n .P e e n i n g ,s h o t ,s a n d ,g r i t ,a n dv a p o rb l a s t i n gs h a l ln o tb ep e r formedon s u r f a c e s which a r e t o b e l i q u i d p e n e t r a n t i n s p e c t e d u n l e s s s p e c i f i cally approved by t h e a u t h o r i z e d r e p r e s e n t a t i v e o f NAVSEA. 5 . 5 . 2 F i n i s h e ds u r f a c e s .S u r f a c e s ,f o r which a s p e c i f i cf i n i s h i s required,shallbegivensuchsurfacefinishpriortothefinalliquid p e n e t r a n ti n s p e c t i o np r e s c r i b e d by t h ea p p l i c a b l es p e c i f i c a t i o n s .I n s p e c t i o n atintermediatestages of f a b r i c a t i o n s h a l l b e as s p e c i f i e d i n t h e a p p l i c a b l e specification.

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

34
Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

MIL-STD-271F ND

7777733 0 0 5 7 8 7 5

om

NIL-STD-Z71F(SH) 27 June 1986

5.6 T e sp t rocedures.

A l l s u r f a c e sb e i n gt e s t e ds h a l lb et h o r o u g h l y 5 . 6 . 1P r e - t e s tc l e a n l i n e s s . c l e a n e do fe x t r a n e o u sm a t e r i a l .I f a n o n v o l a t i l el i q u i d i s u s e df o rc l e a n i n g , the surface shall be heated o r dried with hot a i r toassurecompleteremoval o ft h ec l e a n e r . A s a f i n a lc l e a n i n go p e r a t i o ne a c hs u r f a c es h a l lb ed i p p e d , s p r a y e d ,w i p e d ,o rb r u s h e dw i t ht r i c h l o r o e t h y l e n e ,t r i c h l o r o e t h a n e ,p e r c h l o r o ethylene, acetone, denatured ethanol, isopropano1,or 1, 1, 2, t r i c h l o r o - 1, 2, 2 , t r i f l u o r o e t h a n e ( F r e o n TF, PCA g r a d e , o r e q u a l ) andthoroughlydried by removing theexcesswith a cleandryclothorabsorbentpaper, andallowingtheremainder t oe v a p o r a t ef o r a minimum of 5 m i n u t e s . P r i o r t o l i q u i d p e n e t r a n t i n s p e c t i o n , the surface to be tested andany a d j a c e n t a r e a w i t h i n 1 inch of the surface to b et e s t e ds h a l lb ed r y and f r e e of d i r t , g r e a s e , l i n t , s c a l e and s a l t s , c o a t i n g s , or other extraneous matter that would o b s c u r e s u r f a c e o p e n i n g s o r o t h e r w i s e i n t e r f e r ew i t ht h e t e s t . I na d d i t i o n ,a l ll i q u i dp e n e t r a n t t e s t s s h a l lb e performedpriortoultrasonicinspections on t h e same s u r f a c e s t o a v o i d interferencebetweenthepenetrantdyeandanyresidualcouplant.
5 . 6 . 2 Temperature. Maximum p e n e t r a t i o ni n t oe x t r e m e l y small openings requiresthatthepenetrant and t h e t e s t s u r f a c e b e m a i n t a i n e d a t t h e t e m p e r a t u r e recommended by the penetrant manufacturer but shall in no c a s e b e l e s s t h a n 50 degreesFahrenheit('F). The t e m p e r a t u r eo ft h ep e n e t r a n t and t h e t e s t s u r f a c e shallnotexceed 100'F, e x c e p t t h a t f o r g r o u p I m a t e r i a l st h et e m p e r a t u r eo ft h e t e s t s u r f a c e may be a maximum of 150'F o r t h e maximum t e m p e r a t u r e recommended by themanufacturer,whichever i s l e s s . Due t o t h e flammablenatureofliquidpenetrant inspection materials, the use of an open flame for heating purposes shall b ep r o h i b i t e d .S p e c i a lc o n d i t i o n sr e q u i r i n gd e v i a t i o n from t h e above requirement r e q u i r e a p p r o v a l byan a u t h o r i z e d r e p r e s e n t a t i v e o f NAVSEA.

Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

5 . 6 . 3P e n e t r a t i o nt i m e . The s u r f a c et ob et e s t e ds h a l lb et h o r o u g h l y a n du n i f o r m l yc o a t e dw i t hp e n e t r a n t by flooding,brushing,immersion,or spraying.Unlessotherwise recommended by t h em a n u f a c t u r e r , and approved by theauthorizedrepresentativeof NAVSEA, o r when s p e c i f i e d i n t h e a p p l i c a b l e m a t e r i a l o r equipment s p e c i f i c a t i o n , t h e p e n e t r a n t d w e l l i n g time f o r t h e v a r i o u s p e n e t r a n tg r o u p ss h a l lb ea sf o l l o w s : Penetrant (group 1 Minimum p e n e t r a t i o n time (minutes) 15 15 25 25 15 10 15 Maximum p e n e t r a t i o n time (minutes) 20 20 30 30 20 15 20

I II

III IV V VI VI I

5.6.3.1 Application of emulsifier (groups II, V and VI). The e m u l s i f i e r shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer's instruction and in accordance with 5.4.2.

35
Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

NIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986


5.6.4

Removal o f penetrant. The e x c e s sp e n e t r a n ts h a l l be removed

5 . 6 . 4 . 1 Groups I and VI1 m a t e r i a l s , from a l l s u r f a c e s a s f o l l o w s :

(a)

(b)

A s much e x c e s s ' p e n e t r a n t as p o s s i b l e s h a l l b e removed by f i r s t wipingthesurfacethoroughlywith a clean dry cloth or absorbent paper. The r e m a i n i n ge x c e s sp e n e t r a n ts h a l lb e removed by w i p i n gt h e surface with a clean cloth or absorbent paper dampened with a p e n e t r a n t remover s p e c i f i e d by t h e p e n e t r a n t m a t e r i a l manufacturer.
F l u s h i n go ft h es u r f a c ew i t h any l i q u i df o l l o w i n ga p p l i c a t i o no f and p r i o r t o d e v e l o p i n g s h a l l b e p r o h i b i t e d .

5.6.4.2

the penetrant

5.6.4.3 Groups I I , V and V I . A f t e r a s p e c i f i e dp e n e t r a t i o nt i m e( s e e 5 . 6 . 3 ) , t h ee m u l s i f i e rs h a l lb ea p p l i e d . The dwellingtimeoftheemulsi-

f i e r s h a l l be i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h t h e m a n u f a c t u r e r ' s i n s t r u c t i o n and i n a c c o r dancewith 5 . 4 . 2 . Subsequent t o c o m p l e t i o no fe m u l s i f i c a t i o n ,t h ee m u l s i f i e r s h a l l b e removedfrom t h e s u r f a c e of t h e p a r t by employing a warm water spray notexceeding 120'F and 40 pounds p e rs q u a r ei n c h( p s i )p r e s s u r e .A f t e r V and V I s h a l l becheckedunder a washing,items t o be inspectedusinggroups b l a c kl i g h tt oe n s u r ec o m p l e t ec l e a n i n g .A l t e r n a t i v e l y ,t h ep e n e t r a n ts h a l l be removed by u s e o f t h e c l e a n e r s p e c i f i e d by t h e m a n u f a c t u r e r o f t h e p e n e t r a n t .
5.6.4.4 Groups I I I and I V o n l y . The p e n e t r a n ts h a l lb e removed from s u r f a c e s by swabbing with a c l e a n l i n t - f r e e c l o t h s a t u r a t e d w i t h c l e a r w a t e r o r bysprayingwithwaternotexceeding 120'F and 40 psig.Afterwashing, items t o beinspectedusinggroup I V s h a l l becheckedunder a black.light to ensure complete cleaning. 5.6.5

Surface drying.

5.6.5.1 Groups I and VII. The d r y i n g of t e s ts u r f a c e sa f t e rt h e removalof t h e e x c e s s p e n e t r a n t s h a l l b e a c c o m p l i s h e d o n l y by normal e v a p o r a t i o n , o r by b l o t t i n g w i t h a b s o r b e n t p a p e r o r c l e a n , l i n t - f r e e c l o t h . Forced a i r c i r c u l a t i o n i n e x c e s s o f n o r m a l v e n t i l a t i o n i n t h e i n s p e c t i o n a r e a s h a l ln o tb eu s e d .U n l e s so t h e r w i s es p e c i f i e d by t h ep e n e t r a n tm a n u f a c t u r e r , the time for surface drying after removalofexcesspenetrant and p r i o r t o a p p l i c a t i o n of t h e d e v e l o p e r s h a l l b e l i m i t e d t o a maximum of 10 minutes. 5.6.5.2 Groups II through V I . The d r y i n go ft e s ts u r f a c e ss h a l lb e accomplished by u s i n g c i r c u l a t i n g a i r , b l o t t i n g w i t h p a p e r t o w e l s o r c l e a n l i n t free cloth or by normal e v a p o r a t i o n . I t i s i m p o r t a n t thad t uring the drying o p e r a t i o n , no c o n t a m i n a t i n g m a t e r i a l b e i n t r o d u c e d o n t o t h e s u r f a c e which may c a u s em i s i n t e r p r e t a t i o nd u r i n gt h ei n s p e c t i o no p e r a t i o n . The t i m ef o rs u r f a c e dryingoperationshallbeinaccordancewiththemanufacturer'sinstructions.

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

MIL-STD-271F N D M 7777911 0 0 5 7 8 7 7 4 M
MIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986
e

5.6.6 Application of developer. specified 5 . 6 . 6 . 1 Nonaqueous wet developer. A nonaqueous w e t d e v e l o p e r by t h ep e n e t r a n tm a n u f a c t u r e rs h a l lb eu s e d .I m m e d i a t e l yp r i o rt oa p p l i c a t i o n the developing liquid shall be kept agitated in order to prevent settling of s o l i d particles d i s p e r s e d i n t h e l i q u i d . Thedevelopershallbeuniformly a p p l i e di n a t h i n c o a t i n g t o t h e t e s t s u r f a c e by s p r a y i n g .I ft h eg e o m e t r y 0.f theitembeinginspectedprecludestheuseof a spray, a brushorsimilarapplicatorshallbeusedprovided it r e s u l t s i n a u n i f o r m , t h i n c o a t i n g o f d e v e l o p e r . Pools ofwetdeveloper in cavities on the inspection surface shall not be permitted since these pools will d r y t o a n e x c e s s i v e l y h e a v y c o a t i n g i n s u c h a r e a s r e s u l t i n g i n t h e masking of i n d i c a t i o n s .I n s p e c t i o ns h a l lb e made a minimum of 7 minutesand no l a t e r t h a n 30 m i n u t e s a f t e r t h e d e v e l o p e r h a s d r i e d . Forgroups I and V I 1 penetrantmaterial,onlythenonaqueous wet d e v e l o p e r s h a l l be used. 5 . 6 . 6 . 2 Dry developer. Dry developing powder s h a l l b ea p p l i e do n l y on d r y s u r f a c e s so t h a t m a t t i n g will beprevented. The powder s h a l l b e t h i n l y but uniformly applied to provide a dusty appearance immediately after drying o ft h e t e s t s u r f a c e . Time f o r d e v e l o p m e n to fi n d i c a t i o n sa f t e rt h ed e v e l o p i n g powder h a s b e e n a p p l i e d s h a l l b e c o n t r o l l e d and k e p t t o a minimum. 5 . 6 . 6 . 3 Aqueous wet d e v e l o p e r .T h i st y p eo fd e v e l o p e rs h a l lb eu n i f o r m l y appliedtosurfaces by d i p p i n g , s p r a y i n g o r b r u s h i n g , as soon as p o s s i b l e a f t e r removal of a l l e x c e s s p e n e t r a n t b u t i n no c a s et oe x c e e d 10 minutes. When u s i n g l i q u i d - t y p ed e v e l o p e r s , i t i s n e c e s s a r y t h a t t h e y b e c o n t i n u a l l y a g i t a t e d i n o r d e rt op r e v e n ts e t t l i n go fs o l i dp a r t i c l e sd i s p e r s e di nt h el i q u i d .C o n c e n t r a t i o n s ofwetdeveloper i n c a v i t i e s on t h e i n s p e c t i o n s u r f a c e s h a l l n o t b e permitted since these pools w i l l d r y t o an excessively heavy coating in such areas resulting in the masking of i n d i c a t i o n s . 5 . 6 . 7L i g h t i n gi nt e s ta r e a . When u s i n gt h ed y ep e n e t r a n ti n s p e c t i o n , groups I , I I , and I I I , t h e t e s t a r e a s h a l l b e a d e q u a t e l y i l l u m i n a t e d f o r p r o p e re v a l u a t i o n of i n d i c a t i o n sr e v e a l e d on t h e t e s t s u r f a c e . When t h e f l u o r e s c e n t p e n e t r a n t i s used,theinspectionshallbeaccomplishedin a d a r k e n e da r e au s i n g a b l a c kl i g h t . The b l a c k l i g h t s o u r c e s h a l l b e a 100-watt o rg r e a t e rc l e a rm e r c u r yE l o o d l i g h t( W e s t i n g h o u s et y p e H44-4 M J Lifeguard,or equal)fittedwith a heat-resistingblacklightfilter (Kopp no.41orCorning n o .5 8 7 4 ,o re q u a l )w h i c hf i l t e r so u tv i s i b l el i g h t and t r a n s m i t s u l t r a v i o l e t l i g h t . A minimum of 5 mfnutes s h a l l b ea l l o w e df o rt h e lamp t o o b t a i n f u l l b r i l l i a n c eb e f o r eb e g i n n i n gt h ei n s p e c t i o n . The l i g h t - t o - t e s t - s u r f a c e d i s t a n c e s h a l ln o te x c e e d 15 i n c h e sf o r1 0 0 - w a t ts o u r c e . The maximum d i s t a n c ef o rg r e a t e r l i g h ts o u r c es h a l lb ep r o r a t e d . The l i g h t b u l b a n d t h e f i l t e r s h a l l b e f r e e o f dustandstaintoassureadequateblacklightintensity.
--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

"

is concluded, the penetrant 5.6.8 Final cleaning. When t h ei n s p e c t i o n materialsshallbe removed a s s o o n a s p o s s i b l e by means of w a t e r o r s o l v e n t s in accordance with 5.6.1 and with applicable cleaning specifications.

5.6.9 Safety precautions. Penetrant inspection materials shall be used inaccordancewithallapplicablesafetyregulations.

Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

flIL-STD-27LF
~~~~ ~ ~

ND

99997LL 0 0 5 7 8 7 8
. ~~.
~~

EIIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986


--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

5.7 T e sr te s u l t s .

5 . 7 . 1 A l l i n d i c a t i o n s i n weld c r a t e r s s h a l l beconsidered.relevantand s h a l lb ee v a l u a t e di na c c o r d a n c ew i t ht h ea p p l i c a b l ea c c e p t a n c es t a n d a r d s .F o r o t h e r i n d i c a t i o n s which a r e b e l i e v e d t o b e n o n r e l e v a n t , s u c h a s t h o s e which may o c c u ro nc a s t i n gs u r f a c e s , 10 p e r c e n t o f e a c h t y p e o f i n d i c a t i o n s h a l l b e explored by removing t h e s u r f a c e c o n d i t i o n b e l i e v e d t o havecausedtheindicat i o n s and r e t e s t e d .C o n f i r m a t i o n ofnonrelevancyalso may be made by o t h e r methods when approved by t h e Government I n s p e c t o r . The l o c a t i o no fn o n r e l e v a n t i n d i c a t i o n s and t h e method o f c o n f i r m a t i o n s h a l l b e r e c o r d e d i n t h e i n s p e c t i o n report.

6.

ULTRASONIC TESTING
The f o l l o w i n gd e f i n i t i o n sa r ea p p l i c a b l et ou l t r a s o n i c

6 . 1D e f i n i t i o n s . testing.

6 . 1 . 1A c o u s t i c a l l ys i m i l a rm a t e r i a l . The same t y p eo fm a t e r i a l as t h a t t o be inspected or another material which has been experimentally proven t o have an a c o u s t i c a l v e l o c i t y w i t h i n p l u s o r minus 3 p e r c e n t f o r t h i c k n e s s t e s t i n g , and f o r a m p l i t u d e c o m p a r i s o n t e s t t h e b a c k r e f l e c t i o n a m p l i t u d e from equal thicknessesshallbewithinplusor minus 10 percentofeachotherasmeasured on t h e CRT. T h i s t e s t s h a l l beconducted on sampleshavingequalcontourand surface finish for both the sound e n t r a n t and r e f l e c t i v e s u r f a c e s . 6.1.2 Amplitude. When r e f e r r i n g t o a ni n d i c a t i o n on t h ec a t h o d er a y tube,amplitude is the vertical height of t h e i n d i c a t i o n measuredfrom t h e lowest t o t h e h i g h e s t p o i n t on t h e i n d i c a t i o n . 6 . 1 . 3 Amplitude r e j e c t i o nl e v e l (ARL). The h o r i z o n t a ll e v e l on t h e is e s t a b l i s h e d a s e i t h e r a p e r c e n t a g e of f u l l s c a l e cathode ray tube which heightoras a d e c i b e l (dB) levelbased on t h e peakamplitudeofthesignal received from t h e a p p l i c a b l e r e f l e c t i v e s u r f a c e i n t h e c a l i b r a t i o n s t a n d a r d . 6.1.4 Angle beam t e s t i n g .

A t e s t i n gt e c h n i q u ei n

i s a t a na n g l eo t h e rt h a np e r p e n d i c u l a r

(90 d e g r e e s ) t o t h e t e s t s u r f a c e

t h e u l t r a s o n i c waves e n t e r t h e m a t e r i a l ( v i a direction an-gular to the test surface.

which t h et r a n s d u c e r and a wedge o r o t h e r medium), i n a

6.1.5A-scan. A method of d a t ap r e s e n t a t i o n on a cathoderaytube when r e a d i n g u t i l i z i n g a h o r i z o n t a l b a s e l i n e which indicates elapsed time from l e f t t o r i g h t . A v e r t i c a ld e f l e c t i o ni nt h eb a s el i n ei n d i c a t e s reflectedsignalamplitude. 6 . 1 . 6 As-welded c o n d i t i o n . The c o n d i t i o no f weld metal, welded joints, andweldments a f t e r w e l d i n g andremovalof s l a g , s p a t t e r , and s o f o r t h , p r i o r t o any t h e r m a l o r m e c h a n i c a l t r e a t m e n t . 6.1.7 Attenuation. through the material.

Loss of u l t r a s o n i ci n t e n s i t ya st h e
of t h e echo from

beam p a s s e s

6 . 1 . 8 Back r e f l e c t i o n .I n d i c a t i o n the material under test. 38


Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

t h ef a r

boundary of

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 . Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

MIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June1986
--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

6 . 1 . 9C a l i b r a t i o n .A d j u s t m e n to ft h eu l t r a s d n i cs y s t e mt og i v ed e s i r e d i n d i c a t i o n h e i g h t and p o s i t i o n from known r e f l e c t i n g s t a n d a r d s a s r e q u i r e d f o r the inspection being performed. 6.1.10 Calibration s t a n d a r dS . ee reference calibration standard. 6 . 1 . 1 1C a t h o d er a yt u b e . A n e l e c t r o nt u b ei n e l e c t r o n s from t h e c a t h o d e i s used t o reproducean s c r e e n a t t h e end o f t h e t u b e . which a c o n t r o l l e d beam of imageon a f l u o r e s c e n t

6.1.12 Class of weld. Weld c l a s s e s I , II and I I I are used t o d i f f e r e n t i a t e between c r i t i c a l and less c r i t i c a l weldsand r e l a t e t o a c c e p t a n c ec r i t e r i a . Weld c l a s s e s are d e f i n e d by a p p l i c a b l ef a b r i c a t i o n documents. 6.1.13Compressional t h e atoms of t h e m a t e r i a l propagat ion. wave. Those waves i n which t h e p a r t i c l e motion of i s e s s e n t i a l l y i n t h e same d i r e c t i o n as t h e wave

A s c a n n i n gp r a c t i c ei nw h i c he a c hp a s sw i t ht h e 6.1.14Continuousscan. t r a n s d u c e ro v e r l a p st h ep r e v i o u sp a s s by a t l e a s t 25 p e r c e n t .
6.1.15 Couplant. Any m a t e r i a l ,u s u a l l y a liquid or semi-liquid, used between t h e f a c e o f t h e s e a r c h u n i t and t h e t e s t s u r f a c e t o p e r m i t o r improve transmission of the ultrasonic wave from t h e s e a r c h u n i t t o t h e material under t e s t . 6 . 1 . 1 6D e l a yc o n t r o l . A means o fp o s i t i o n i n gt h ed e s i r e dp a t t e r nt ot h e l e f t o r r i g h t on t h e c a t h o d e r a y t u b e . 6 . 1 . 1 7D i s c o n t i n u i t y .A n y t h i n gw i t h i n a materialwhich detectable interruption or change i n a n u l t r a s o n i c beam.

w i l l cause a

6.1.18 Disregard level (DRL). The h o r i z o n t a l l e v e l on t h e cathode ray t u b e e s t a b l i s h e d a t a givenlevelbelow the a m p l i t u d e r e j e c t i o n l e v e l (ARL). 6.1.19 Frequency. time . The number o fc y c l e st h e

wave c o m p l e t e sp e ru n i t

of

6 . 1 . 2 0F u l ls c r e e nh e i g h t . The h i g h e s tp o i n t on t h ec a t h o d er a yt u b e usedforevaluation and r e c o r d i n g p u r p o s e s , d e s i g n a t e d as 100 p e r c e n t o r s c a l e 10. 6 . 1 . 2 1 Gain c o n t r o l . A c o n t r o lw h i c hv a r i e st h ea m p l i f i c a t i o no ft h e u l t r a s Q n i cs y s t e m .A l s oc o n s i d e r e dt h es e n s i t i v i t yc o n t r o l .

I W block. A s t a n d a r d t e s t blockdesigned by t h eI n t e r n a t i o n a l 6.1.22 I I n s t i t u t e o f Welding(IIW) t o checktheoperation of t h e u l t r a s o n i c s y s t e m a n d s e a r c h u n i t s or t r a n s d u c e r s .


6 . 1 . 2 3I n d i c a t i o n . A s i g n a lc a u s e d d i s c o n t i n u i t y o r a boundary surface. by a beam b e i n gr e f l e c t e d from a

39
Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

blIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986 6 . 1 . 2 4I n i t i a lp u l s e . caused by t h e r e f l e c t i o n s 6 . 1 . 2 5I n t e r f a c e . contactwitheachother. The s i g n a l on t h el e f ts i d eo ft h ev i e w i n gs c r e e n from t h e t e s t s u r f a c e o r t r a n s d u c e r f a c e . The boundary between two m a t e r i a l s which a r ei n

6.1.26 Linearity. The c h a r a c t e r i s t i co f an instrument hat i s revealed by a l i n e a r change i n r e f l e c t e d s i g n a l a m p l i t u d e and h o r i z o n t a l d i s p l a c e m e n t . The v e r t i c a l l i n e a r i t y i s determined by p l o t t i n g the change i n r a t i o s of s i g n a la m p l i t u d e from two r e f l e c t i n ga r e a s . The h o r i z o n t a ll i n e a r i t y is determined by p l o t t i n g t h e d i s t a n c e t h e s i g n a l is displaced along the sweep a g a i n s t t h e change i n m a t e r i a l t h i c k n e s s . 6.1.27 Longitudinal 6 , l . 28 wave. Another name for compressional wave, One m i l l i o n h e r t z .

Elegahertz (#Hz).

6 . 1 . 2 9 Peak i n d i c a t i o n . The maximum h e i g h to ra m p l i t u d e of an i n d i c a t i o n r e c e i v e d fromanyone reflective surface using a constant gain setting.

A sample of material acoustically 6.1.30 Reference calibration standard. similar t o t h e m a t e r i a l t o b e t e s t e d c o n t a i n i n g known r e f l e c t o r s w i t h which theultrasonicsystem i s c a l i b r a t e d and a c c e p t a n c e / r e j e c t i o n l e v e l s established.
6 . 1 . 3 1R e f l e c t i o n . The phenomenon by which and c h a n g e s t h e d i r e c t i o n o f i t s propagation.
--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

a wave s t r i k e s a boundary

6.1.32 Resolution. The a b i l i t yt oc l e a r l yd i s t i n g u i s hs i g n a l so b t a i n e d from two r e f l e c t i v e s u r f a c e s w i t h a minimum d i f f e r e n c e i n d e p t h . Near s u r f a c e resolution is the ability to clearly distinguish a s i g n a l from a r e f l e c t o r a t a minimum d i s t a n c e u n d e r t h e n e a r s u r f a c e w i t h o u t i n t e r f e r e n c e from t h e i n i t i a l p u l s es i g n a l .F a rs u r f a c er e s o l u t i o n i s t h e a b i l i t y t o c l e a r l yd i s t i n g u i s h s i g n a l s from r e f l e c t o r s d i s p l a c e d a minimum d i s t a n c e from t h e back s u r f a c e when the sound beam i s normal t o t h a t back surface. 6.1.33Scanning. surface to transmit the The moving of t h es e a r c hu n i t( o ru n i t s )a l o n g sound beam i n t o t h e m a t e r i a l b e i n g t e s t e d .

a test

6 . 1 . 3 4S e a r c hu n i t . The t r a n s d u c e ra f f i x e dt o o b t a i n t h e d e s i r e d wave p r o p a g a t i o n . 6 . 1 . 3 5S e n s i t i v i t y . The measure of ment t o d e t e c t d i s c o n t i n u i t i e s .

a s u i t a b l ed e v i c et o

t h ea b i l i t yo ft h eu l t r a s o n i ce q u i p -

6.1.36Shearwaves. When t h e d i r e c t i o n ofpropagationof a wave i s perpendicular to the direction of v i b r a t i o n o f p a r t i c l e s of t h e medium i n which t h e wave t r a v e l s ,t h e wave i s s a i dt o be a t r a n s v e r s eo rs h e a r wave.

40
Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

NIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986

6 . 1 . 3 7S k i pd i s t a n c ea n g l e beam t e s t i n g .I np a r t sh a v i n gp a r a l l e l surfaces, the distance between the p o i n t o f sound beam e n t r y and t h e f i r s t p o i n t where t h e b o t t o m - r e f l e c t e d beam r e t u r n s t o t h e e n t r a n t s u r f a c e ( s e e figure 7). 6.1.38 Test s u r f a c e . Any b o u n d a r y of material under test.

6.1.39 Transducer. The element which transmits sound vibrations into the m a t e r i a lt ob et e s t e da n dr e c e i v e sr e f l e c t e dv i b r a t i o n s . The a c t i v ee l e m e n to f the transducer is definedastheeffectivetransmittingarea. 6 . 1 . 4 0U l t r a s o n i c beconducted.
test sensitivity.

The s e n s i t i v i t y a t

which t h e t e s t

will

Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

A m a t e r i a lh a v i n g no d i s c o n t i n u i t i e s 6 . 1 . 4 1U l t r a s o n i c a l l y soundmaterial. whichcausediscernibleultrasonicindicationsattherequiredtestsensitivity level.


6.2Procedure and t e s t methods. The t e s t methods which follow apply t ot h e i n s p e c t i o no ff o r g i n g s ,c a s t i n g s ,r o l l e do re x t r u d e ds h a p e s ,b a rs t o c k ,p l a t e , weldments,pipe and t u b i n g , bonded m a t e r i a l s , andmetalsheet. A s described herein,theproceduresarelargelymanual.Automation,however, may b ea p p l i e d t o t h e s e methods when it s e r v e st om i n i m i z eo p e r a t o ri n d u c e dv a r i a b l e s .T e s t i n g can be performed more e a s i l y a n d r e p r o d u c i b l y on p a r t s which have the simple g e o m e t r i e sa s s o c i a t e dw i t he a r l ys t a g e s of f a b r i c a t i o n .I n s p e c t i o n methods o t h e r thanthosespecifiedin t h i s s e c t i o n may be used, provided approval i s based on procedural qualification obtained from t h e a u t h o r i z e d N A V S E A representative. A l l t e s t s s h a l l b e performed i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h a w r i t t e n i n s p e c t i o n p r o c e d u r e approved i n accordance with 1 . 7 . 6 . 2 . 1 T e s t method s e l e c t i o n . The method o r methods r e q u i r e df o ri n s p e c t i o n of a component i s s p e c i f i e d by t h e equipment o r m a t e r i a l s p e c i f i c a t i o n o r o t h e r f a b r i c a t i o n document.Selectionof a t e s t method orcombinationofmethods s h a l l b e b a s e d upon t h e c o n f i g u r a t i o n a n d t h e o r i e n t a t i o n o f e x p e c t e d d i s c o n t i n u i t i e s i n t h e items t o beinspected. 6 . 2 . 2S u r f a c ef i n i s h .S u r f a c e so fm e t a l ss h a l lb ec l e a n and f r e eo f d i r t ,l o o s es c a l e ,l o o s ep a i n t ,o ro t h e rl o o s ef o r e i g nm a t t e r .S u r f a c e f i n i s h e s o f m a t e r i a l t o b e i n s p e c t e d by c o n t a c t method s h a l l h a v e a f i n i s h o f 250 r a o r s m o o t h e r .F o rm a t e r i a l st ob ei n s p e c t e d by t h e immersionmethod, t h e s u r f a c e f i n i s h of t h e c a l i b r a t i o n s t a n d a r d s h a l l n o t b e anysmootherthan t h a to ft h e material t o b e t e s t e d . S u r f a c e w a v i n e s s s h a l l n o t i n t e r f e r e w i t h test. 6 . 2 . 3T e s t i n gs p e e d .R o t a t i o no rs p e e do ft h ep a r to rs e a r c hu n i ts h a l l be controlled as closely as p o s s i b l e and s h a l l b e c o n s i s t e n t w i t h o p e r a t o r r e a d o u tc a p a b i l i t y . In any c a s e , t h e t e s t s p e e d s h a l l n o t e x c e e d t h e maximum speed a t which t h e c a l i b r a t i o n s t a n d a r d c a n b e s c a n n e d t o p r o d u c e a clearly resolvedindication. 6 . 2 . 4C o u p l a n t . A c o u p l a n ts h a l lb eu s e dw h i c hc a u s e sa c o u s t i cc o u p l i n g betweenthetransducer and t h ep a r tb e i n gi n s p e c t e d .T h i sc o u p l a n ts h a l ln o t b ei n j u r i o u st ot h em a t e r i a l .G l y c e r i no rg l y c e r i n mixed w i t hw a t e ro r

41
Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

I'lIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986

a l c o h o l a r e some materialswhich.maybeusedas s h a l l b e removedfrom t h e p a r t a t t h e c o m p l e t i o n

a c o u p l a n t . The couplant of t h e i n s p e c t i o n .

6.2.5 Test s y m b o l s D . rawings specifying ultrasonic inspection shall employ symbols in accordance with A W S A2.4.

C a l i b r a t i o n ,P r i o rt o any i n s p e c t i o n , the equipment shall be calibrated,usingthepropercalibrationstandard, and s h a l l b e r e c h e c k e d a t l e a s to n c ep e r8 - h o u rs h i f t , and a t thecompletion of t e s t i n g . I f a recheck i n d i c a t e s r e c a l i b r a t i o n i s r e q u i r e d ,a l li t e m st e s t e ds i n c et h el a s ti n s t r u m e n t check s h a l l b er e i n s p e c t e d .D u r i n gt e s t i n g , a n yr e a l i g n m e n to ft h es e a r c hu n i t o r anychange i n s e a r c h u n i t , i n s t r u m e n t s e t t i n g s o r s c a n n i n g s p e e d from t h a t used f o r c a l i b r a t i o n s h a l l r e q u i r e r e c a l i b r a t i o n .

6.2.6

6.3

Equipment. Ultrasonic equipment shall consist of the following: (aU ) ltrasonic i n s t r u m e n tE . lectronic i n s t r u m e nc t apable of producing,receiving and d i s p l a y i n g h i g h f r e q u e n c y e l e c t r i c a l p u l s e s a t t h er e q u i r e df r e q u e n c i e s andenergylevels. The instrumentshallhave a demonstrablecapabilityto meet t h e tests. calibrationrequirementsforspecific (b) Search units. Search units shall be capable of transforming electricalimpulsestomechanical soundenergy a t s p e c i f i c it s h a l l be capable f r e q u e n c i e s . With t h es u i t a b l ec o u p l a n t , of t r a n s m i t t i n g t h e sound i n t o t h e m a t e r i a l and r e c e i v i n g t h e r e t u r n i n g soundenergy,orboth. (c) Master transducer (compressional wave o n l y ) . The master transducershallbe oneof a set of two s i m i l a r t r a n s d u c e r s set a p a r t t o b eu s e df o re q u i p m e n tq u a l i f i c a t i o no n l y .T h e s e transducersshallbe 1 / 2 i n c hi nd i a m e t e r and2.25 MHz. (d) Calibration standards. To provide a b a s i s for flaw evaluation inultrasonictesting,calibrationteststandardsshallbe used f o r b a s i c c a l i b r a t i o n of t e s t equipmentand t o e s t a b l i s h acceptance or reject ion levels.

6.4 6.4.1

General requirements. Equipment requirements. B a s i ci n s t r u m e n tq u a l i f i c a t i o n

6.4.1.1

pulseecho.

(a)

The v e r t i c a l l i n e a r i t y s h a l l becheckedbypositioningthe I I W mastertransduceroverthedepthresolutionnotchinan b l o c ko re q u a l , so t h a t t h e s i g n a l from t h e n o t c h i s a t a h e i g h to ft h r e es c a l ed i v i s i o n s (30 p e r c e n t s c r e e n h e i g h t ) , and t h e s i g n a l fromoneof the back surfaces i s a t a height of s i x scale d i v i s i o n s (60 p e r c e n ts c r e e nh e i g h t ) . A curve i s thenplottedshowingthedeviations from t h e a b o v e e s t a b l i s h e d 2:l r a t i o t h a t o c c u r s a s t h e a m p l i t u d e o f t h e s i g n a l from t h e notch i s r a i s e d i n i n c r e m e n t s o f o n e s c a l e d i v i s i o n u n t i l t h e back r e f l e c t i o n s i g n a l r e a c h e s f u l l s c a l e , and t h e n i s lowered inincrementsof one s c a l e d i v i s i o n (10 p e r c e n t ) u n t i l t h e n o t c h s i g n a lr e a c h e so n es c a l ed i v i s i o n . A t e a c hi n c r e m e n t ,t h er a t i o
42

Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

r-

M I L - S T D - 2 7 LN FD

77777LL 0057883 T

MIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986

(b)

(c)

of t h e two s i g n a l s i s determined. The r a t i o s a r e p l o t t e d on the graph a t t h e p o s i t i o n c o r r e s p o n d i n g t o t h e l a r g e r s i g n a l . Between t h e limits of20-and 80 percent(2and 8 scale d i v i s i o n s ) of t h e s c r e e n h e i g h t , t h e r a t i o s h a l l b e w i t h i n 10 p e r c e n t o f 2:l. I n s t r u m e n ts e t t i n g su s e dd u r i n gi n s p e c t i o ns h a l ln o tc a u s e variation outside the 1 0 p e r c e n t limits e s t a b l i s h e d a b o v e . (See f i g u r e 8 f o r a t y p i c a l p l o t . ) When t h et i m e - d i s t a n c er e l a t i o n s h i p( h o r i z o n t a ll i n e a r i t y ) d i s p l a y e d on t h e sweep o f t h e c a t h o d e r a y t u b e is a f u n c t i o n of t h e t e s t , t h e d i s t a n c e s h a l l b e d e t e r m i n e d by p l o t t i n g signaldisplacementagainst known t h i c k n e s s i n t h e r a n g e o f 1 t o 5 i n c h e si n1 - i n c hi n c r e m e n t s ,t h e limits t o b e w i t h i n p l u s o r minus 3 p e r c e n t . A s an a l t e r n a t i v e ,m u l t i p l eb a c kr e f l e c t i o n s from 1 - i n c h b l o c k may be used. The r e s o l u t i o ns h a l lb ed e t e r m i n e du s i n gt h e I I W steelblockor e q u i v a l e n tw i t ht h em a s t e rt r a n s d u c e r . The equipment must - r e s o l v e to the base line an 80 p e r c e n t o f f u l l s c a l e i n d i c a t i o n from t h e l a r g e( 5 0 - m i l l i m e t e r (mm)) h o l e 5 mm from t h e s u r f a c e f o r n e a r f i e l d r e s o l u t i o n and t h e d e p t h r e s o l u t i o n n o t c h f o r f a r f i e l d . wave s e a r c hu n i t ss h a l lh a v e a 6 . 5 . 4 . 3 . 2 , w i t h i n t h e limits of a t 68 & 10F,asdetermined by

Shear wave t r a n s d u c e r .S h e a r refractedangleintherangeasspecifiedin p l u s o r minus 3 degreesofthedesignatedangle the steel I I W block.


6.4.1.2

6.4.1.3 Basic instrument qualification thickness gauge. A t l e a s t two r e a d i n g s s h a l l b e made on eachof a s e r i e s o f t e s t b l o c k s r e p r e s e n t a t i v e o f the i n s t r u m e n t .V a r i a t i o n sb e t w e e nt h et r u et h i c k n e s s and t h e t h er a n g e so f determinedthicknessshallbereducedtoplusor minus p e r c e n t a g e v a r i a t i o n and t h i s v a l u e p l o t t e d on a g r a p h .P l u so r minus v a r i a t i o n from z e r o s h a l l b e p l o t t e d on t h e h o r i z o n t a l a x i s and t h e p e r c e n t of t h e r e a d i n g s p l o t t e d on t h e v e r t i c a la x i s . A s u f f i c i e n t number o fr e a d i n g ss h a l lb e made t o ' 8 c c u r a t e l y d e t e r m i n et h et h i c k n e s st e s t i n gc h a r a c t e r i s t i c so ft h ei n s t r u m e n t s . A t least 95 p e r c e n t of t h e t o t a l number o f r e a d i n g s s h a l l b e w i t h i n p l u s o r minus 3 p e r c e n to ft h et r u ev a l u e ;F o rt h i c k n e s s e so f 0 . 1 5 0 i n c ho r less, t h er e a d i n g s shall be within plus or minus 0 . 0 0 5 i n c h o f t h e t r u e v a l u e . 6 . 4 . 1 . 4 Frequency of basic instrument qualification. The b a s i ci n s t r u m e n t 6 qualification shall be performed anddocumented a t i n t e r v a l s n o t t o e x c e e d months or whenevermaintenance i s performedwhichaffectstheequipmentfunction. 6.4.2

c o n t a i n ,a s

Inspection procedure. The ultrasonic inspection procedures shall a minimum, t h ef o l l o w i n gi n f o r m a t i o n :

, or.sizestobetestedortobe exempt from ( a )M a t e r i a l s ,s h a p e s test. (b)Automaticdefectalarmandrecordingequipmentorboth. (c) Special search units, wedges, shoes, or saddles. (d) Rotatingr , evolving feeding mechanisms. (e)Stageofmanufacture when t e s t w i l l be made. ( f ) The s u r f a c e from which t h e t e s t s h a l lb ep e r f o r m e d . ( gS ) u r f a cf ei n i s h . (h) Couplant:.
43
Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

6.4.2.1 Procedure requalification. Changes t ot h eu l t r a s o n i ci n s p e c t i o n procedurewithinthescopeofthissectionthataffectsthetechnicalaspect of t h e procedure shall be approved by t h eu l t r a s o n i ct e s t examiner p r i o rt ou s e . Changes o u t s i d e a t t h e p a r a m e t e r s o f t h i s s e c t i o n o r a change t o a m a t e r i a l t h a t is not acoustically similar to that for which the procedure has been qualified s h ar le l quir re e q u a l i f i c a t i oo t nh fp er o c e d u r e . 6.4.3 Discontinuity evaluationI .f discontinuities are detectedt ,he search unit shall be directed to maximize t h e s i g n a l a m p l i t u d e discontinuityforevaluation. 6 . 4 . 4R e c o r d s .R e c o r d so fu l t r a s o n i ci n s p e c t i o ns h a l lc o n t a i nt h e following: Description and unique identification. Approved p r o c e d u r e i d e n t i f i c a t i o n . Instrument manufacturer andmodelnumber. T r a n s d u c e r s i z e and t y p e . Search beam a n g l e . Testfrequency. Coup l a n t C a l i b r a t i o n s t a n d a r d number. Acceptance standard used. Dateofinspection. Signatureofinspectors.

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

NIL-STD-Z71F(SH)
27 June 1986
of t h ec a l i b r a t i o n method. ( i )D e s c r i p t i o n ( j ) Scanning. (k) Mode of t r a n s m i s s i o n . (1) Transducer size and frequency. (m) Acceptance standards. (n) Method o fr e c o r d i n gi n s p e c t i o nr e s u l t s .

from t h e

6.5

T e s t methods.

6 . 5 . 1 Forgings, wrought and extruded material. Tests of forgings, wrought b a r s , and e x t r u d e d m a t e r i a l s h a l l b e made a t t h e same frequencyused t o c a l i b r a t e t h ee q u i p m e n t .C o n t r o l ss h a l lb es e td u r i n gt h ec a l i b r a t i o n and s h a l l n o t b e c h a n g e dd u r i n gt h ep r o d u c t i o nt e s t .D e t e r m i n a t i o no ft h es i z e of d i s c o n t i n u i t i e s s h a l l b e made bycomparison t o t h e r e f e r e n c e s t a n d a r d h o l e s a s s p e c i f i e d i n 6.5.1.1.

6.5.1.1 Test calibration, longitudinal wave. U n l e s s otherwise specified, when t e s t i n g f o r g i n g s , i n c l u d i n g r i n g , r e c t a n g u l a r r o u n d e d , m u l t i s i d e d d i s c o r pancake and a l l wrought b a r s u s i n g l o n g i t u d i n a l waves, t h e c a l i b r a t i o n c r i t e r i a of t a b l e V I s h a l l a p p l y .

44
Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

NIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986

TABLE V I .

C a l i b r a t i o nh o l es i z ef o rl o n g i t u d i n a lt e s t . Diameterof flat bottomedhole (FBH) (inches & O . 005) 1/32 1/16 3/32
1/8

Section thickness ( inches ) Lessthan1/2 1/2 tolessthan 1-1/2 1 - 1 / 2 t o l e s st h a n 2 - 1 / 2 2-1/2 t o l e s s t h a n 3 - 1 / 2 3-1/2 t o less than4-1/2 4-1/2 t o less than5-1/2 5-1/2 t o l e s s t h a n 6 - 1 / 2 6-1/2andover
I

5/32 3/ 16 7/32 1/4

NOTES : 1.
2.

3.

4.

A l l f l a t b o t t o m e dh o l e ss h a l lh a v eb o t t o m sp a r a l l e lt o theentrantortothetangentoftheentrantsurface. The c a l i b r a t i o ns t a n d a r ds h a l lb ew i d e enough t o permit sound transmission to the flat bottomed hole withoutsideeffects. The c a l i b r a t i o ns t a n d a r dm a t e r i a ls h a l lb ea c o u s t i c a l i y s i m i l a r and w i t h i n 1/8 i n c h o f t h e m a t e r i a l t h i c k n e s s t o b e i n s p e c t e d and s h a l l b e u l t r a s o n i c a l l y s o u n d . Ultrasonicallysoundmaterial i s d e f i n e da s a m a t e r i a l which i s capableofexhibitingan 80 p e r c e n t o f - f u l l scale reflected signal amplitude from s p e c i f i e d F B H w i t h no more t h a n 20 p e r c e n t o f f u l l s c a l e e x t r a n e o u s s i g n a la m p l i t u d e . The s u r f a c ef i n i s h and c u r v a t u r e shall be similar to the test surface. F l a t b o t t o m e dh o l e sf o rt e s ts t a n d a r d ss h a l lb ed r i l l e d t o a depthofone-halfthethicknessor 1 inchwhichever
i s less. The t e s tf r e q u e n c ys h a l lb et h e same a s t h e c a l i b r a t i o n frequency. The c o u p l a n tu s e df o rc a l i b r a t i o ns h a l lb et h e same as thatusedforinspection. The u s eo fd i s t a n c ea m p l i t u d ec o r r e c t i o nc u r v e s is permittedforcalibration.
--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

5.

6.
7.

6.5.1.2 Ring forgings.

6 . 5 . 1 . 2 . 1T e s tc a l i b r a t i o n ,s h e a r wave. The c a l i b r a t i o ns t a n d a r d f o r t h e ri:;g f o r g i n g s w i t h w a l l t h i c k n e s s e s t h a t do not exceed 20 p e r c e n t of t h e outsidediametershallhave two n o t c h e s c u t a x i a l l y , o n e on t h e i n s i d e s u r f a c e andone on t h e o u t s i d e s u r f a c e of t h e t e s t s t a n d a r d . They s h a l l b e l o c a t e d so that their sides are smoothand p a r a l l e l t o t h e a x i s of t h e f o r g i n g a n d t h a t readilydistinguishableindividualultrasonicindicationsareobtained. from eachnotch.Shear wave i n s p e c t i o ns h a l lb ep e r f o r m e d a t 3 p e r c e n tn o t c h s e n s i t i v i t y . The n o t c hs h a l lb e U- o r V-shaped. The dimensions of t h en o t c h s h a l l comply w i t h t a b l e VII. Scan u n t i l t h e n o t c h i n d i c a t i o n from t h e i n s i d e d i a m e t e ra p p e a r s a t t h e f a r t h e s t p o s i t i o n t o t h e l e f t a t which it i s r e a d a b l e . Hove t h e s e a r c h u n i t away from t h e i n s i d e d i a m e t e r n o t c h u n t i l t h e i n d i c a t i o n

Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

MIL-STD-271F ND m 7 7 7 7 9 3 3 0 0 5 3 8 8 b 5 m
NIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986 from t h i sn o t c hr e a p p e a r sa l o n gt h eh o r i z o n t a lt r a c e . Mark t h e s e two p o s i t i o n s on t h e f a c e of t h es c o p e . Scan u n t i l t h e n o t c h i n d i c a t i o n from t h e o u t s i d e diameter i s produced a t maximum amplitudebetweenthese twomarks. The amplitude of t h i s n o t c h i n d i c a t i o n s h a l l b e marked on t h ef a c eo ft h es c o p e . When t h e t e s t i n s t r u m e n ti n c o r p o r a t e sd i s t a n c e - a m p l i t u d ec o n t r o l s it is recommended t h a t t h e y be used where possible to equalize these indication amplitudes to forman ARL a t a minimum of 50 p e r c e n t o f f u l l s c r e e n h e i g h t . I f t h i s is n o tp o s s i b l e ,o r iftheinstrument i s not equipped with a distanceamplitudeconnectioncircuit, a distanceamplitudecurveshallbeconstructed on t h e s c r e e n w i t h t h e l o w e s t p o i n t a t a minimum of 20 p e r c e n t f u l l s c r e e n h e i g h t . Ringforgingswithwall t h i c k n e s s e s e x c e e d i n g 20 percent of their diameters cannot be inspected by c i r c u m f e r e n t i a l s h e a r wave scan where both inside and o u t s i d e n o t c h e s mustbe m o n i t o r e d .A l t e r n a t eu l t r a s o n i ci n s p e c t i o n methods f o rt h e s ef o r g i n g ss h a l lb e specified. 6 . 5 . 1 . 2 . 2T e s t , The r i n gs h a l lb ec o n t i n u o u s l ys c a n n e d and circumf e r e n t i a l l ys c a n n e df o rt h ee n t i r eo u t e rs u r f a c e .U n l e s so t h e r w i s es p e c i f i e d , t h e t e s t s h a l l beperformed i n two o p p o s i n gd i r e c t i o n s .S i z e and l o c a t i o n so f i n d i c a t i o n si ne x c e s so ft h a tr e c e i v e d from t h e c a l i b r a t i o n n o t c h e s i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h t a b l e VI1 s h a l l be marked on t h e m a t e r i a l . 6 . 5 . 1 . 2 . 3L o n g i t u d i n a l wave t e s t s o fr i n gf o r g i n g s .
--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

6 . 5 . 1 . 2 . 3 . 1 ,T e s tc a l i b r a t i o n ,l o n g i t u d i n a l wave. Sound transmission into the ring shall be confirmed by o b s e r v i n g t h e f i r s t back r e f l e c t i o n o b t a i n e d of t h ei n s t r u m e n ts h a l lb ea d j u s t e du n t i lt h e from t h e r i n g . S e n s i t i v i t y i n d i c a t i o n from t h e f l a t bottomedholeinthestandard i s 80 p e r c e n t of f u l l s c r e e nh e i g h t . The c a l i b r a t i o n s t a n d a r d s h a l l conform t ot h er e q u i r e m e n t so f table VI. 6 . 5 . 1 . 2 . 3 . 2T e s t i n g l o n g i t u d i n a l wave. The r i n gs h a l lb et e s t e du s i n g t h ec o n t i n u o u s method by d i r e c t i n g t h e sound beam r a d i a l l y and a x i a l l y . The a x i a l beam d i r e c t i o n s c a n s h a l l b e p e r f o r m e d when n o t r e s t r i c t e d by c o n f i g u r a t i o n o r geometryof t h em a t e r i a lu n d e rt e s t . The f i r s t back r e f l e c t i o n s h a l l b e p o s i t i o n e d on t h e s c r e e n t o v e r i f y sound transmission andany d e f e c t i n d i c a t i o n shall appear between the initial pulse and t h e f i r s t b a c k r e f l e c t i o n . 6.5.1.3 R e c t a n g u l af ro r g i n g s . 6.5.1.3.1 Test calibrationl ,ongitudinal wave. Sound transmission into the forging shall be confirmed by o b s e r v i n g t h e f i r s t back r e f l e c t i o n o b t a i n e d from t h ef o r g i n g .S e n s i t i v i t yo ft h ei n s t r u m e n ts h a l lb ea d j u s t e du n t i lt h e i n d i c a t i o n from t h e s p e c i f i e d r e f e r e n c e c a l i b r a t i o n s t a n d a r d i s a t 80 p e r c e n t of f u l l s c r e e n h e i g h t . The r e f e r e n c e s t a n d a r d s h a l l conform t o t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s of table V I . 6.5.1.3.2 Testing - l o n g i t u d i n a l wave. R e c t a n g u l a r forgings shall be testedusingthecontinuousscanning methodon s u r f a c e s s u c h t h a t t h r e e m a j o r planesshallbecovered.Scanningwiththesound beam d i r e c t e d a x i a l l y s h a l l be performed when n o t r e s t r i c t e d by c o n f i g u r a t i o n o r g e o m e t r y o f t h e m a t e r i a l

46
Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

FlIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986

under t e s t . The f i r s t back r e f l e c t i o n s h a l l b e p o s i t i o n e d on t h e s c r e e n t o v e r i f y sound t r a n s m i s s i o n .S u s p e c ta r e a sd i s c l o s e du n d e rt h e s ec o n d i t i o n s s h a l l befurtherevaluated from t h e s i d e o p p o s i t e t o t h a t which was o r i g i n a l l y i n s p e c t e d t o d e t e r m i n e maximum f l a w s i g n a l a m p l i t u d e . 6 . 5 . 1 . 4 Round and m u l t i s i d e df o r g e do rw r o u g h tb a r si n c l u d i n gd i s co r pancakeforgings. 6.5.1.4.1 Test calibrationl ,ongitudinal wave. Sound transmission into theforgingshallbeconfirmed by o b s e r v i n g t h e f i r s t back r e f l e c t i o n o b t a i n e d from t h e f o r g i n g . S e n s i t i v i t y of t h ei n s t r u m e n ts h a l lb ea d j u s t e du n t i lt h e i n d i c a t i o n from t h e s p e c i f i e d r e f e r e n c e c a l i b r a t i o n s t a n d a r d i s a t 80 p e r c e n t of f u l l screen. h e i g h t . The r e f e r e n c e s t a n d a r d s h a l l conform t ot h er e q u i r e m e n t s of table V I . 6 . 5 . 1 . 4 . 2T e s t i n g - l o n g i t u d i n a l wave. Each b a ro rf o r g i n gs h a l lb e t e s t e d u s i n g t h e continuous scanning methodon s u r f a c e s s u c h t h a t a l l m a j o r p l a n e ss h a l lb ec o v e r e d .F o rb a r s ,s c a n n i n g with t h e sound besm d i r e c t e d axially shall be performed only when s p e c i f i e d . 6.5.2 Plate and s h e e t .

6 . 5 . 2 . 1S u r f a c ep r e p a r a t i o n . The t e s t s u r f a c es h a l lb ef r e eo fa l l loose dirt, rust or any f o r e i g n s u b s t a n c e which may i n t e r f e r e w i t h t h e The s u r f a c e s may have one coat of primer. 6.5.2.2 Shear wave t e s t i n gt e c h n i q u e .S h e a r performed only when s p e c i f i e d . wave t e s t i n gs h a l l

test.

be

6 . 5 . 2 . 2 . 1T e s tc a l i b r a t i o n . When s p e c i f i e d , shear wave i n s p e c t i o ns h a l l beperformed t o a 3 - p e r c e n tn o t c hs e n s i t i v i t y .U s i n g any s u i t a b l e means, a calibration reference notch shall be formed i n t h e t e s t s u r f a c e o f t h e p l a t e b e i n gi n s p e c t e d or a c o u s t i c a l l y s i m i l . a r t e s t p i e c e . A n a n g l e beam s e a r c h unit,capableoftransmitting a s h e a r wave a t anangleof 45 d e g r e e s i n t h e m a t e r i a lb e i n gt e s t e d , and a frequencyof2.25 M H z s h a l l beused.Theinstrument shall be adjusted to display signals from t h e r e f e r e n c e n o t c h s p e c i f i e d i n t a b l e V I 1 a to n e - h a l f and f u l l s k i p d i s t a n c e . The a m p l i t u d eo ft h er e f l e c t e ds i g n a l from t h e r e f e r e n c e s t a n d a r d a t t h e h a l f s k i p d i s t a n c e s h a l l b e a d j u s t e d t o 80 p e r c e n to ff u l ls c r e e nh e i g h t . The a m p l i t u d eo ft h es i g n a l from t h e r e f e r e n c e s t a n d a r da tf u l ls k i pd i s t a n c es h a l lb e marked on t h ev i e w i n gs c r e e n . A line s h a l l b e drawnfrom t h e peak s i g n a l a t h a l f s k i p t o t h e peaksignal a t f u l l s k i p d i s t a n c e . Flaws i n t h e p l a t e o r s h e e t b e i n g i n s p e c t e d s h a l l b e e v a l u a t e d t o t h e t e s t s e n s i t i v i t y as e s t a b l i s h e d by t h i s l i n e . TABLE VII. C a l i b r a t i o nr e f e r e n c en o t c hd i m e n s i o n s o f s q u a r e and "U" bottom notch.
3 f 1/2 percent or0.005inch,whichever is greater

Depth (percentof thickness) Width Length 47


Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

2 X depth(approximate) 1 i n c h (minimum)

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

MIL-STD-27LF
~ ~~ ~ ~~~~ ~ ~

N D m 79777311

0059888 7

m
-

NIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June1986

6 . 5 . 2 . 2 . 2G r i dt e s tp r o c e d u r e . When g r i ds h e a r wave t e s t i n g i s s p e c i f i e d , it s h a l l beperformed by scanningonemajorsurface i n two d i r e c t i o n s , c a u s i n g t h e sound beam t o t r a v e l p a r a l l e l t o and p e r p e n d i c u l a r t o t h e l o n g i t u d i n a l a x i s ordirectionofrolling of t h e p l a t e . I n t h e c a s e o fs q u a r ec r o s sr o l l e dp l a t e , moved i n p a r a l l e l p a t h s e i t h e r d i r e c t i o n is a c c e p t a b l e . The s e a r c h u n i t s h a l l b e on a 6 - i n c hg r i d .I fa ni n d i c a t i o n i s o b t a i n e d whichhasanamplitudeof 50 percentorgreater of t h a t e s t a b l i s h e d i n 6 . 5 . 2 . 2 . 1 , t h e a d j a c e n t a r e a s h a l l be scanned by the continuous scanning method s u f f i c i e n t l y t o e s t a b l i s h t h e s i z e and l o c a t i o n of t h e d i s c o n t i n u i t y . 6.5.2.2.3 Continuous scanning procedure. When continuous shear wave t e s t i n g i s s p e c i f i e d , it shallbeperformedbycontinuouslyscanningonemajor surfacecompletelyin two d i r e c t i o n s , c a u s i n g t h e s o u n d beam t o t r a v e l p a r a l l e l t o , and p e r p e n d i c u l a r t o t h e l o n g i t u d i n a l a x i s o r d i r e c t i o n o f r o l l i n g of t h e p l a t e . The s e a r c h u n i t s h a l l b e moved i np a r a l l e lp a t h st oa c c o m p l i s hc o n t i n u o u s scanninguntiltheentiredimension is traversed. 6 . 5 . 2 . 3L o n g i t u d i n a l wave t e s t i n gt e c h n i q u e .

6 . 5 . 2 . 3 . 1T e s t i n gc a l i b r a t i o n . A - compressional wave s e a r c hu n i th a v i n g a dimensionof 1 i n c hs q u a r eo r 1 inchindiameter,operatingat a frequencyof 2.25 MHz, u n l e s s o t h e r w i s e s p e c i f i e d , s h a l l b e p l a c e d on a d e f e c t f r e e a r e a . (A d e f e c t f r e e a r e a i s definedasanarea whichhasbeenevaluated at the highest u l t r a s o n i cs e n s i t i v i t ya p p l i c a b l ef o rt h et e s t . ) The u l t r a s o n i ci n s t r u m e n tg a i n shall be adjusted to display the first back r e f l e c t i o n a t f u l l s c r e e n h e i g h t . This sensitivity level shall be used to evaluate the plate. 6.5.2.3.2 T e s t procedures. be

6.5.2.3.2.1 Continuous method. Continuous scan method t e s t i n gs h a l l 100 p e r c e n t , o n l y when s p e c i f i e d . performed by scanning one major surface

6 . 5 . 2 . 3 . 2 . 2S t a t i c method. T e s t i n g shall be performed by i n t e r p r e t i n g thecathoderaytubepresentation when t h e s e a r c h u n i t h a s b e e n s t a t i c a l l y p l a c e da te a c hi n t e r s e c t i n gg r i dl i n e on o n em a j o rs u r f a c eo ft h ep l a t e . The gridpatternshallconsistof a maximum o f 2 - f o o t s q u a r e s f o r a l l p l a t e and s h e e to v e r 1 / 2 i n c h t o and i n c l u d i n g 2 - 1 / 2 i n c h e st h i c k .F o rp l a t e so v e r 2 - 1 / 2 i n c h e s ,t h eg r i dp a t t e r ns h a l lb e 8 i n c h e ss q u a r e .G r i dp a t t e r n sa s specifiedhereinshallprevailunlessmodified by t h e c o n t r a c t , o r d e r , o r m a t e r i a ls p e c i f i c a t i o n .I f a ni n d i c a t i o n i s o b t a i n e d ,t h ea d j a c e n ta r e as h a l l bescanned i n a 1 - f o o t r a d i u s c i r c l e by t h e c o n t i n u o u s method t o determine the e x t e n t andmagnitudeof the defective condition. 6.5.3 Pipes and t u b e s

seamless.

6 . 5 . 3 . 1P i p e and t u b es h a l lb et e s t e d ,u s i n gt h ec o n t i n u o u ss c a n method f o rr a d i a lt y p ed i s c o n t i n u i t i e se x t e n d i n gl o n g i t u d i n a l l y .T r a n s v e r s ed i s c o n t i n u i t y t e s t s and a d d i t i o n a l c i r c u l a r t e s t s s h a l l beperformedonly when and a s s p e c i f i e d . When s p e c i f i c a l l yi n v o k e d ,6 . 4 . 1 . 1s h a l la p p l y .

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

48
Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

1
MIL-STD-273F

N D W 7779733 0 0 5 7 8 8 7 O W
NIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986

6 . 5 . 3 . 2 Test C a l i b r a t i o n ,r a d i a ld e f e c t sd e t e c t i o n .S e l e c t a l e n g t h of pipeortubeofacousticallysimilarmaterial and t h e same nominal s i z e t o b e t e s t e df o ru s ea s a C a l i b r a t i o ns t a n d a r d .F o rc a l i b r a t i o ni nt e s t i n gf o rr a d i a l d e f e c t s , two n o t c h e s s h a l l b e c u t ; o n e on t h e i n s i d e s u r f a c e andone on t h e o u t s i d es u r f a c e as s p e c i f i e d i n 6 - 5 . 1 . 2 . 1 , The n o t c h e ss h a l lb el o c a t e da p p r o x i a mately - 1 / 2 inches from oneendofsample.Thenotchshallbecutinsuch manner t h a t its s i d e s a r e smooth, r a d i a l and e x t e n d p a r a l l e l t o e a c h o t h e r a n d t ot h el o n g i t u d i n a la x i so ft h ep i p eo rt u b e .N a g n i t u d eo ft h ei n d i c a t i o nf o r the notches shall b e determined by d i r e c t i n g sound waves c i r c u m f e r e n t i a l l y t o w a r d thenotcheswiththesearchunitlocated at a suitable radial arc displacement u s i n ga tl e a s t one f u l l s k i p t e c h n i q u e where p o s s i b l e( s e ef i g u r e 7 ) . I f the i n d i c a t i o n s from t h e i n s i d e and o u t s i d e n o t c h e s a r e u n e q u a l , s m a l l a d j u s t m e n t s s h a l l b e made i n t h ea n g l eo fi n c i d e n c et oe q u a l i z et h e m .I ft h ei n d i c a t i o n s cannotbeequalized,thesmallerindicationshallbeusedasthebasisfor evaluation. 6 . 5 . 3 . 3 T e s t ,r a d i a ld e f e c t s . When t e s t i n gp i p e a n dt u b e s ,t h e ys h a l lb e set with their longitudinal axis in a h o r i z o n t a l p o s i t i o n onmotorizedrollers o r o t h e r s u i t a b l e mountingwhich s h a l l p e r m i t r o t a t i o n of t h e p i p e o r t u b e a b o u t t h e i rl o n g i t u d i n a la x i s .R o t a t i o ns h a l lb ec o n t r o l l e d a t a f a i r l y uniformspeed, depending upon t h e r e p e t i t i o n rates e s t a b l i s h e d f o r t h e t e s t u n i t b e i n g employed. I n any case, the p e r i p h e r a l s p e e d s h a l l n o t e x c e e d t h e maximum speed a t which the calibration standard is rotated for clear definite resolution of the notch b e i n gp r e s e n t e d . When t h e immersion method i s u s e d ,t h e t e s t c o n d i t i o n ss h a l l duplicate calibration conditions especially in regard to keeping the tube bore f i l l e do rd r yd u r i n g t e s t , I ng e n e r a l ,e x c l u d i n gt h ei m m e r s i o nf l u i d from t h e t u b eb o r ei m p r o v e st h er e p r o d u c i b i l i t yo ft e s tr e s u l t s .E a c hp i p es h a l lb e continuous ly scanned. 6.5.4

U l t r a s o n i ci n s p e c t i o n

of weldments.

6.5.4.1 Scope. This section contains the minimum r e q u i r e m e n t s for the inspection of structural butt, corner,and t e e welds t o i n s u r e j o i n t i n t e g r i t y a s r e q u i r e d by s p e c i f i c a t i o n s , c o n t r a c t s and a c q u i s i t i o n d o c u m e n t s . 6.5.4.2

General requirements.

6.5.4.2.1 Scanning. Scanning shall be as required to insure complete c o v e r a g eo ft h ei n s p e c t i o nz o n e( s e ef i g u r e 7A). I ff u l lc o v e r a g e is not possible due to configuration, accessibility or base metal discontinuity, actualcoverageshallberecordedandthereasonnotedforincompletecoverage. 6.5.4.2.2 S u r f a c ef i n i s h . The s c a n n i n gs u r f a c e ss h a l lb e 250 r a or smootherand f r e e ofany f o r e i g n s u b s t a n c e w h i c h would i n t e r f e r e w i t h t h e t e s t . Velds may b ei n s p e c t e di nt h ea s - w e l d e dc o n d i t i o n ,p r o v i d e dt h er e q u i r e d t e s t s e n s i t i v i t y and i n s p e c t i o nc o v e r a g ec a nb em a i n t a i n e d . The w e l dr e i n f o r c e ment s h a l l b e ground f l u s h t o p r o v i d e a f l a t s u r f a c e when u l t r a s o n i c i n s p e c t i o n i s t o beaccomplished by scanning on t h e weldsurface. The t e s t s u r f a c e may have one coat of primer. 6.5.4.2.3 L i m i t a t i o n s . The r e q u i r e m e n t s of this section were developed f o rt h ei n s p e c t i o no fw e l d e dj o i n t si ns h i ph u l ls t r u c t u r e s .T h e s ej o i n t s consistofbutt,cornerandteedesignin HY-80, HTS and a c o u s t i c a l l y s i m i l a r
--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

49
Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST
"

MIL-STD-271F
~

N D m 7 7 9 7 9 3 3 0057890 7

NIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986 The u s eo ft h e s er e q u i r e m a t e r i a l sr a n g i n g from 1 / 2 t o 4 i n c h e si nt h i c k n e s s . m e n t so no t h e rt h i c k n e s s e sa n dj o i n td e s i g n ss h a l lb er e v i e w e df o ra p p l i c a b i l i t y of t e s t s e n s i t i v i t y and technique by theexamineranddemonstrated t o t h e NAVSEA authorizedrepresentative. 6 . 5 . 4 . 2 . 4R e f e r e n c ec a l i b r a t i o ns t a n d a r d s . 6 . 5 . 4 . 2 . 4 . 1 Buttwelds,cornerwelds and t e e w e l d s f o r d i s c o n t i n u i t i e s i n t o t h e t h r o u g h member. The c a l i b r a t i o ns t a n d a r d ss h a l lb ea c o u s t i c a l l y b e i n s p e c t e d , and s h a l l b e u l t r a s o n i c a l l y s o u n d . similar material a s t h a t t o They s h a l l b e c a p a b l e o f p r o v i d i n g c o n s t a n t r e f e r e n c e s e n s i t i v i t y l e v e l s f o r a l l a n g l e so fs e a r c h and i n s p e c t i o nd e p t h . The s t a n d a r d r e f l e c t i n g s u r f a c e s h a l l be a 3 / 6 4 - i n c hd i a m e t e rh o l ed r i l l e dt h r o u g h a 1-1/4inchwideblock. The s u r f a c e of t h e t e s t b l o c k s h a l l b e a p p r o x i m a t e l y 125 ra a s compared t o s u r f a c e f i n i s hs t a n d a r d s .S e ef i g u r e 9 f o r a t y p i c a lr e f e r e n c ec a l i b r a t i o ns t a n d a r d . 6 . 5 . 4 . 2 . 4 . 2D e t e c t i o no fl a c k of p e n e t r a t i o n i n f u l l p e n e t r a t i o n t e e welds. The c a l i b r a t i o ns t a n d a r ds h a l lb et h et h r o u g h member upon which t h e i n s p e c t i o n i s being performed. 6 . 5 . 4 . 3S p e c i f i cr e q u i r e m e n t sf o rb u t t and cornerwelds. a

6.5.4.3.1 Instrument. T h ei n s t r u m e n ts h a l lh a v ec i r c u i t r yt op r o v i d e c o n t i n u o u s l yi n c r e a s i n ga m p l i f i c a t i o nw i t hr e s p e c tt o time. T h i sc i r c u i t r y compensatesforthesignallosseswithdepthas a r e s u l t ofsound beam divergence and i t s a t t e n u a t i o n i n m a t e r i a l . 6 . 5 . 4 . 3 . 2S e a r c hu n i t s . The maximum dimension of t h et r a n s d u c e ra c t i v e elementshallnotexceed 1 i n c h . The nominalfrequencyshouldnotbe less t h a n2 . 0 MHz. The t r a n s d u c e r su s e df o rs h e a r wave t e s t s s h a l l b e a f f i x e d t o s u i t a b l e wedge d e s i g n e d t o i n d u c e s h e a r waves i n t h e m a t e r i a l u n d e r t e s t a t t h ed e s i r e da n g l e s . The i n s p e c t i o na n g l es h a l lb es e l e c t e du s i n gt h ep l a t e t h i c k n e s s as t h e p r i m a r y c o n s i d e r a t i o n a s f o l l o w s :

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

( a )F o rp l a t et h i c k n e s s e s 1 / 2 i n c ht o ,b u tn o ti n c l u d i n g , 1-1/2 i n c h e s : a 60- t o 70-degreeshear wave. ( b )F o rp l a t et h i c k n e s s e s 1 - 1 / 2 i n c h e st o ,b u tn o ti n c l u d i n g , 2-1/2 i n c h e s : a 45- t o 60-degreeshear wave. ( c )F o rp l a t et h i c k n e s s e s 2-1/2 inchesandover, a 45-degreeshear wave. S e a r c h u n i t s w i t h beam a n g l e s o t h e r t h a n t h o s e l i s t e d may be used t o complement the required search units for the detection and e v a l u a t i o n o f d i s c o n t i n u i t i e s . 6 . 5 . 4 . 3 . 3C a l i b r a t i o n . The instrument range and d e l a y controls shall be adjusted to display signals from t h e r e f e r e n c e c a l i b r a t i o n h o l e s on the viewing s c r e e nf o rt h er a n g eo fd e p t h st ob ei n s p e c t e d . The a t t e n u a t i o n - c o r r e c t i o n c o n t r o l s s h a l l be a d j u s t e d t o compensate f o r t h e s i g n a l l o s s e s d u e t o d e p t h .

L welds. When a d e c i b e lc o n t r o l i s u s e d ,t h ei n s t r u m e n t 6 . 5 . 4 . 3 . 3 . 1C l a s s gainshallbeadjusted t o peak a l l s i g n a l s from t h e r e f e r e n c e c a l i b r a t i o n h o l e s withintherange of t h e t e s t a t a minimum of 20 p e r c e n t o f f u l l s c r e e n h e i g h t . The corresponding depth and location of t h e peaked s i g n a l s from t h e r e f e r e n c e
50
Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

IfIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June1986 calibration standard shall be marked a l o n g t h e b a s e l i n e o f t h e v i e w i n g s c r e e n . The g a i ns h a l lb ei n c r e a s e d by 1 2 dB. A t t h i s g a i n s e t t i n g , t h e l i n e e s t a b l i s h e d i s t h e DRL and t h e ARL i s by t h e o r i g i n a l s i g n a l h e i g h t on t h e v i e w i n g s c r e e n 1 2 dB above t h i s l i n e . F o re v a l u a t i o no fi n d i c a t i o n sa b o v et h e DRL, t h e dB c o n t r o l i s u s e d( s e ef i g u r e 1 0 ) . When a dB c o n t r o l i s n o tu s e d ,t h ei n s t r u m e n t g a i n s h a l l be a d j u s t e d t o peak a l l s i g n a l s w i t h i n t h e r a n g e of t e s t a t a minimum of 80 p e r c e n t o f f u l l screen. The correspondingdepthandlocationofthepeaked s i g n a l s from t h e r e f e r e n c e c a l i b r a t i o n s t a n d a r d s h a l l b e marked a l o n g t h e b a s e l i n eo ft h ev i e w i n gs c r e e n . The s c r e e n s h a l l b e d i v i d e d by two h o r i z o n t a l l i n e s at 2 0 p e r c e n t( t h e DRL) and 80 p e r c e n t( t h e ARL) of f u l l s c r e e n h e i g h t ( s e e f fgure 1 1 )

I-

6.5.4.3.3.2 C l a s s I I and III welds. When a dB c o n t r o l i s u s e d ; the instrument gain shall be adjusted to peak a l l s i g n a l s from t h e r e f e r e n c e calibration holes within the range of test a t a minimum of 4 0 p e r c e n t o f f u l l s c r e e nh e i g h t . Thecorrespondingdepthandlocationofthepeakedsignals from the reference calibration standard shall be marked a l o n g t h e b a s e l i n e o f t h e viewingscreen. The g a i ns h a l lb ei n c r e a s e d 6 dB. A t t h i sg a i ns e t t i n g ,t h e 40 percentlineontheviewingscreen i s t h e DRL, and t h e ARL i s 6 dB above t h i s l i n e . F o re v a l u a t i o no fi n d i c a t i o n sa b o v et h e DRL, t h e dB c o n t r o l i s used. When a d e c i b e l c o n t r o l is n o t u s e d , t h e i n s t r u m e n t g a i n s h a l l b e a d j u s t e d t o peak a l l s i g n a l s w i t h i n t h e r a n g e of t e s t a t a minimum of 8 0 p e r c e n t o f f u l l s c r e e n . The correspondingdepthandlocation of t h e peaked s i g n a l s from t h e r e f e r e n c e C a l i b r a t i o n s t a n d a r d s h a l l be marked a l o n g t h e b a s e l i n e o f t h e viewingscreen.Thescreenshallbedivided by two horizontallinesat 40 perc e n t ( t h e DRL) and 80 p e r c e n t ( t h e ARL) of f u l l s c r e e n h e i g h t . 6.5.4.3.4 Procedure. The e n t i r e weld volume (excluding the weld reinforcement)andheataffectedzone (up t o 1 / 2 inchofbasematerialmeasuredfromeach weld t o e ) i s t h e i n s p e c t i o n z o n e a n d s h a l l be scanned with shear waves by d i r e c t i n g t h e sound beam t o w a r d , o r a c r o s s , a n d a l o n g t h e w e l d a x i s . 6.5.4.3.4.1 L o n g i t u d i n ad l iscontinuities. To d e t e cl to n g i t u d i n a l discontinuities, the axis of the sound beam s h a l l t r a v e r s e t h e i n s p e c t i o n z o n e i n two o p p o s i n gd i r e c t i o n s( s e ef i g u r e 1 2 ) . Forweldswheretwo-directional s c a n n i n g i s i m p r a c t i c a b l e , a minimum o f o n e - d i r e c t i o n s c a n n i n g may beapproved by t h e examineron a c a s e b a s i s . The s e a r c h u n i t s h a l l b e o s c i l l a t e d t o t h e l e f t and r i g h t w i t h anincludedangleofapproximately 30 d e g r e e s i n a r a d i a l motion while continuously scanning perpendicularly toward and away from t h e w e l d . 6.5.4.3.4.2 Transverse discontinuities. To d e t e c t r a n s v e r s e discontinu i t i e s f o r weldsnotgroundflush,the sound u n i t s h a l l beplacedon the b a s e m e t a l s u r f a c e a t t h e weldedge. The sound beam s h a l l b e d i r e c t e d by a n g l i n g t h e search unit approxima-tely 15 degreestowardtheweld from t h e l o n g i t u d i n a l w e l d a x i s .S c a n n i n gs h a l lb ep e r f o r m e d by moving t h e s e a r c h u n i t a l o n g t h e w e l d e d g e from b o t h s i d e s on o n es u r f a c e and from two o p p o s i n gd i r e c t i o n s . To d e t e c t t r a n s v e r s ed i s c o n t i n u i t i e sf o rw e l d sg r o u n df l u s h ,t h es e a r c hu n i ts h a l lb e oscillated to the left and r i g h t , w i t h a n i n c l u d e d a n g l e o f a p p r o x i m a t e l y 30 degrees in a radialmotion,whilescanningalongthetop of t h e weldfromtwo o p p o s i n gd i r e c t i o n s .I ft h e w e l dw i d t he x c e e d st h ew i d t ho ft h et r a n s d u c e r , continuousscanningshallbeperformed.

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

51
Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

MIL-STD-273F N D W 7 7 7 7 7 3 3 0 0 5 7 8 9 2 O W
~~

PiIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986

6.5.4.3.4.3 Compressional wave. I f c o m p r e s s i o n a l wave t e s t i n g i s employed, c a l i b r a t i o ns h a l lb ea c c o m p l i s h e d i n accordancewith 6 . 5 . 4 . 3 . 3 . The weld s h a l l bescannedcontinuously. 6.5.4.3.4.4 Discontinuity evaluation. If discontinuities are d e t e c t e d , t h e sound beam s h a l l b e d i r e c t e d t o maximize t h e s i g n a l a m p l i t u d e . To determine thelengthof a d i s c o n t i n u i t y , t h e search u n i t s h a l l be moved p a r a l l e l t o t h e discontinuity axis in both directions from t h e p o s i t i o n o f maximum s i g n a l amplitude. One h a l f the amplitude from a p o i n t where t h e d i s c o n t i n u i t y s i g n a l drops rapidly to the baseline shall be defined as t h e e x t r e m i t y o f t h e d i s c o n t i n u i t y . A t t h i sp o i n t ,t h es c a n n i n gs u r f a c e is marked a t t h e p o s i t i o n i n d i c a t e d by t h e c e n t e r of t h et r a n s d u c e r .T h i ss h a l lb er e p e a t e dt od e t e r m i n et h eo t h e r e x t r e m i t y . When t h e h a l f a m p l i t u d e s i g n a l from t h e end of t h e d i s c o n t i n u i t y a s determined by t h i s method i s below t h e DRL, t h e end o f t h e d i s c o n t i n u i t y s h a l l b ed e f i n e d where t h e s i g n a l c r o s s e s 20 p e r c e n t o f f u l l s c r e e n h e i g h t . The l e n g t h of t h e d i s c o n t i n u i t y s h a l l be d e f i n e d as t h e d i s t a n c e between t h e s e two marks. The maximum s i g n a l a m p l i t u d e , l e n g t h , d e p t h , and p o s i t i o n w i t h i n t h e i n s p e c t i o n zoneshallbedetermined and r e p o r t e d f o r d i s c o n t i n u i t i e s y i e l d i n g a signal amplitudeequaltoorexceedingthe DRL. 6.5.4.4 S p e c i f i cr e q u i r e m e n t sf o rw e l d so f
tee joints.

6.5.4.4.1 Detectionoflackofpenetrationinfullpenetration t e e welds. Thissectionspecifiestheprocedurestobeusedfortheultrasonicinspection of t e e w e l d s f o r d i s c o n t i n u i t i e s i n t h e r o o t area. The d e p t ho ft h ei n s p e c t i o n zoneshallbelimitedtothrough member p l a t e t h i c k n e s s p l u s 1 / 4 inch minus 1 / 8 i n c h . The w i d t ho ft h ei n s p e c t i o nz o n es h a l lb el i m i t e dt ot h et h i c k n e s so f t h ea t t a c h m e n t member ( s e ef i g u r e 1 3 ) . The i n s p e c t i o ns h a l l employ t h ep u l s e echocompressional wave t e s t i n g t e c h n i q u e . 6.5.4.4.1.1 S e a r c hu n i t s . The s i z e o ft h et r a n s d u c e ru s e df o ri n s p e c t i o n s h a l l b e 3 / 4 inchdiameter maximum; however, i t s h a l l n o t e x c e e d t h e t h i c k n e s s of t h ea t t a c h m e n t member. The i n s p e c t i o nf r e q u e n c ys h a l lb e a minimum of 2 . 0 N H z
--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

6.5.4.4.1.2 C a l i b r a t i o n . The instrument range and d e l a yc o n t r o l ss h a l l be adjusted to discriminate and i n d i c a t e s i g n a l s on t h e v i e w i n g s c r e e n from t h ei n s p e c t i o nz o n e . The sweep l i n e s h a l l be marked i n d i c a t i n gt h r o u g h member p l a t et h i c k n e s s minus 1 / 8 i n c h and p l a t et h i c k n e s sp l u s 1 / 4 i n c h . The instrument g a i n s h a l l be a d j u s t e d t o p e a k t h e f i r s t back r e f l e c t i o n from t h e p l a t e a d j a c e n t t o t h e weld a t l e a s t c n c e e a c h f o o t a l o n g t h e l e n g t h of t h e weld as s p e c i f i e d h e r e a f t e r . When a dB c o n t r o l i s u s e d ,t h ei n s t r u m e n ts h a l lb ea d j u s t e dt op e a k t h e f i r s t back r e f l e c t i o n a t a minimum of 20 p e r c e n t of f u l l s c r e e n . The g a i n A t t h i ss e t t i n g ,t h e2 0 - p e r c e n tl i n e on t h es c r e e n i s s h a l lb ei n c r e a s e d 12 dB. t h e DRL, and t h e ARL i s 10 dB above t h i s l i n e ( s e e f i g u r e 1 4 ) . When a dB c o n t r o l is notused,theviewingscreenshallbedividedintothreezoneswithhorizontal l i n e s a t 20 p e r c e n t ( t h e DRL) and 65 p e r c e n t ( t h e ARL) of f u l l s c r e e n h e i g h t . The i n s t r u m e n t g a i n c o n t r o l s h a l l b e a d j u s t e d so t h a t t h e peak of the first back r e f l e c t i o n c o i n c i d e s w i t h t h e 80 p e r c e n t l i n e (see f i g u r e s 14 and 1 5 ) .

52
Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

NIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986

6.5.4.4.1.3 Procedure. The w i d t ho ft h ei n s p e c t i o nz o n es h a l lb el o c a t e d andmarked on t h e t e s t s u r f a c e d e t e r m i x e d by u l t r a s o n i c o r m e c h a n i c a l means. Theweld s h a l l b e c o n t i n u o u s l y s c a n n e d w i t h i n t h e w i d t h o f t h e i n s p e c t i o n z o n e (see f i g u r e 1 3 ) . I f a d i s c o n t i n u i t y i s l o c a t e d ,t h e equipmentgainshallbe r e c a l i b r a t e do nt h et h r o u g h member p l a t e a d j a c e n t t o t h e d i s c o n t i n u i t y . The search unit shall then be positioned to maximize t h e d i s c o n t i n u i t y s i g n a l . To d e t e r m i n e t h e l e n g t h o f a discontinuity, the search unit shall be moved along t h e a x i s of t h e d i s c o n t i n u i t y i n one d i r e c t i o n from t h e p o s i t i o n o f maximum s i g n a la m p l i t u d e . When theamplitudedrops below t h e DRL, t h es c a n n i n gs u r f a c e s h a l l b e marked a t t h e p o s i t i o n i n d i c a t e d by t h e c e n t e r of t h e s e a r c h u n i t . T h i ss h a l lb eo n ee x t r e m i t yo ft h ed i s c o n t i n u i t y . The p r o c e s s s h a l l b e r e p e a t e d t od e t e r m i n et h eo t h e re x t r e m i t y . The l e n g t h o f t h e d i s c o n t i n u i t y s h a l l b e t h e d i s t a n c e between t h e s e two marks. The maximum s i g n a la m p l i t u d e andlengthof discontinuitieswithintheinspectionzoneshallbedeterminedandreportedfor d i s c o n t i n u i t i e s y i e l d i n g a signalamplitudeequaltoorexceedingthe DRL. 6.5.4.4.2 D e t e c t i o no fd i s c o n t i n u i t i e si n t ot h et h r o u g h member. T h i s section specifies the ultrasonic inspection procedure to be used for the d e t e c t i o n of d i s c o n t i n u i t i e s e x t e n d i n g i n t o t h e t h r o u g h member of f u l l and partial penetration tee welds. 6.5.4.4.2.1 Inspection zone. The d e p t ho ft h ei n s p e c t i o nz o n es h a l lb e from t h e t h r o u g h member s u r f a c e i n t o t h e t h r o u g h member 1 / 4 i n c h i n c l u s i v e . The d e p t h o f t h e i n s p e c t i o n z o n e s h a l l b e e x p a n d e d t o d e t e r m i n e t h e maximum d e p t ho fd i s c o n t i n u i t i e se x t e n d i n gi n t ot h et h r o u g h member. The w i d t ho ft h e inspectionzoneshallbelimitedtothethicknessoftheattachment member p l u st h ef i l l e tr e i n f o r c e m e n t( s e ef i g u r e1 7 ) .I ft h ep a r t i c u l a rc o n f i g u r a t i o n t o beinspected i s n o t d i s c u s s e d i n t h e s t a n d a r d , a method shouldbeusedwhich assuresthatcompletecoverageoftheinspectionzone w i l l beobtained. 6.5.4.4.2.2 S e a r c hu n i t s . The diameter or l e n g t ho rw i d t ho ft h e t r a n s d u c e rs h a l ln o te x c e e d 1 inch. The f r e q u e n c ys h a l ln o tb el e s st h a n2 . 0 MHz. The t r a n s d u c e r su s e df o rs h e a r wave t e s t s s h a l l b e a f f i x e d t o s u i t a b l e wedges designed t o i n d u c e s h e a r waves i n t h e m a t e r i a l u n d e r test a t a s p e c i f i c a n g l e from 45 t o and i n c l u d i n g 60 degrees.Supplemental beam a n g l e s may be used for the detection and evaluation of discontinuities. 6.5.4.4.2.3 C a l i b r a t i o n . The i n s t r u m e n t range and delay controls shall beadjustedtodfscriminate and i n d i c a t e s i g n a l s on t h e v i e w i n g s c r e e n from t h e d e p t h of t h ei n s p e c t i o nz o n e . The i n s t r u m e n t g a i n s h a l l b e a d j u s t e d t o peak the signal from t h e c a l i b r a t i o n h o l e a t a minimum of 20 p e r c e n t o f f u l l s c r e e nh e i g h t . The g a i ns h a l lt h e nb ei n c r e a s e d by 12 dB. A t t h i s s e t t i n g , t h e l i n e e s t a b l i s h e d by t h e o r i g i n a l s i g n a l h e i g h t on t h e v i e w i n g s c r e e n is t h e DRL and t h e ARL i s 12 dB above t h i s l i n e . When a dB c o n t r o l i s notused, the i n s t r u m e n t g a i n s h a l l b e a d j u s t e d t o peak t h e s i g n a l from t h e c a l i b r a t i o n h o l e t h a t i s n o t more t h a n p l u s o r minus 1 / 4 i n c h from t h e t h r o u g h member t h i c k n e s s t o a minimum of 80 p e r c e n t o f f u l l s c r e e n . The correspondingdepth andlocationofthepeakedsignals from t h e r e f e r e n c e c a l i b r a t i o n s t a n d a r d s h a l l b e marked a l o n g t h e b a s e l i n e o f t h e v i e w i n g s c r e e n . The s c r e e n s h a l l b e d i v i d e d by two h o r i z o n t a l l i n e s a t 20 p e r c e n t . ( t h e DRL) and 80 p e r c e n t ( t h e ARL) of f u l l s c r e e n h e i g h t .

Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

NIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986 6.5.4.4.2.4 Procedure. Shear wave s c a n n i n gf o rd i s c o n t i n u i t i e si n t ot h e through member i n any t e e weld c o n f i g u r a t i o n s h a l l b e p e r f o r m e d a s shown on f i g u r e 16whenever t h e s u r f a c e o p p o s i t e t h e a t t a c h m e n t member is a c c e s s i b l e , Ifthesurfaceoppositethe weld i s n o t a c c e s s i b l e and t h e s i d e a d j a c e n t is a c c e s s i b l e ,t h es c a n n i n gs h a l lb ea c c o m p l i s h e da s shown on f i g u r e 1 7 : however t h e r e s h a l l b e no a t t a c h m e n t s i n t h e a r e a w h e r e t h e r e f l e c t i o n of t h e wave o c c u r s .C o v e r a g ei ne a c hd i r e c t i o n , as. i l l u s t r a t e d on f i g u r e s 16 and 1 7 , s h a l l befrom t h e n e a r e s t t o e o f t h e weld t o beyond t h e c e n t e r of t h e w e l d , t h u s avoidingthenecessity of i n t e r p r e t i n g i n d i c a t i o n s from t h e s u r f a c e of t h e f a r f i l l e t . The s h e a r wave s e a r c h u n i t s h a l l b e p l a c e d on t h es c a n n i n gs u r f a c e and d i r e c t e dt o w a r dt h ep a r t i c u l a ri n s p e c t i o nz o n e . The s e a r c h u n i t s h a l l b e oscillated to the left and right with an included angle of approximately 30 d e g r e e s i n a radial motion while scanning perpendicularly toward the inspection zone. The i n s p e c t i o nz o n e sa r es p e c i f i e di n 6.5.4.4.2.1. Continuous scanning s h a l lb eu s e d . When any i n d i c a t i o n i s noted from a d i s c o n t i n u i t y w i t h i n t h e inspectionzone,thesound beam s h a l l b e d i r e c t e d t o maximize t h e i n d i c a t i o n . The maximum s i g n a l a m p l i t u d e , l e n g t h , d e p t h , and p o s i t i o n s h a l l b e d e t e r m i n e d and r e p o r t e d f o r d i s c o n t i n u i t i e s y i e l d i n g a signalamplitudeequalto,or exceeding,the DRL. The l e n g t ho fd i s c o n t i n u i t i e ss h a l lb ed e t e r m i n e di n accordancewith 6 . 5 . 4 . 4 . 1 . 3 . The recordeddepthof a d i s c o n t i n u i t y s h a l l be from t h e t h e minimum and maximum p e r p e n d i c u l a r d i s t a n c e s o f t h e d i s c o n t i n u i t y through member surface.Thisshouldbedeterminedinthefollowingmanner: ( a ) Maximize t h ei n d i c a t i o n from t h ed i s c o n t i n u i t y . ( b )F o rd i s c o n t i n u i t i e se x t e n d i n gt o a s u r f a c e , move t h es e a r c h unittowardthediscontinuity and r e c o r d t h e d e p t h from t h e v i e w i n g s c r e e n a t which t h e i n d i c a t i o n b e g i n s t o d r o p r a p i d l y towardthebaseline. ( c )I na d d i t i o n ,f o rd i s c o n t i n u i t i e s which do n o te x t e n dt ot h e s u r f a c e ,r e p e a tt h ea b o v e and move t h e s e a r c h u n i t away from the discontinuity t o determinetheother limit of depth a t t h e pointwheretheindicationagainbeginstodroprapidly toward the base line. 6.5.4.5 R e c o r do fi n s p e c t i o nr e s u l t s . The r e c o r dd a t as h e e tf o ri n s p e c t i o n r e s u l t s ofwelds s h a l l c o n t a i n a s a minimum t h e f o l l o w i n g i n f o r m a t i o n ( f o r suggestedformsseefigure 18): Ship/ item i d e n t i f i c a t i o n . L o c a t i o n( f r a m e ,s i d eo fs h i p , and s o f o r t h ) . Type o f m a t e r i a l . Thickness of m a t e r i a l . Jointidentification. Type ofweld j o i n t (weld design). Weld l e n g t h i n s p e c t e d . Operationalprocedureidentification. Equipment u s e d f o r i n s p e c t i o n ( i n s t r u m e n t and s e a r c h u n i t ) . Reference block identification. Discontinuitiesthatexceedthe DRL. Acceptance or rejection.

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

54
Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

MIL-STD-273F

ND

m 7777733 0057875
PlIL-STD-Z71F(SH) 27 June1986

b W

personnel. (m) S i g n a t u r e of i n s p e c t i o n (n) Date. (o) I fs u p p l e m e n t a lu l t r a s o n i ci n s p e c t i o nt e c h n i q u e sa r eu s e dt h a t contributetothefinalinspectionresults,theyshallbe recorded. 6.6 Thickness measurements. 6 . 6 . 1S c o p e .V a r i a t i o n si nw a l lt h i c k n e s s may be measured by either pulse-echoinstruments o r resonantfrequencyinstruments,whichhavebeen qualified in accordance with 6.4.1.2. 6 . 6 . 2C a l i b r a t i o n . The i n s t r u m e n ts h a l lb ec a l i b r a t e d on a standard of t h e same b a s i c m a t e r i a l a s t h a t b e i n g i n s p e c t e d , u s i n g t h e minimum a c c e p t a b l e wall t h i c k n e s s o r t h i c k n e s s e s a b o v e andblow t h e minimum a c c e p t a b l e wall thickness (flat standards may b e u s e d f o r p i p e and t u b i n g 3 / 4 - i n c h nominal. d i a m e t e r and o v e r ) . The i n s t r u m e n t s h a l l b e c a l i b r a t e d p r i o r t o e a c h u s e o r a f t e r any i n t e r r u p t i o n i n power supply. 6 . 6 . 3 Method. The number a n dl o c a t i o no fu l t r a s o n i ct h i c k n e s sm e a s u r e m e n t s takenshallbeasspecifiedintheapplicablematerialspecification,fabrication document o r work authorizationdocument.Measurements may be made manuallyor byautomatedequipment t h a t meets t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f 6 . 4 . 1 . 1 and 6 . 4 . 1 . 3 .

6.J

Bonding.

6.7.1 Scope. This subsection only describes the requirements for the ultrasonic inspection of the bond o f w e l d d e p o s i t e d o v e r l a y c l a d d i n g t o b a s e m a t e r i a l .S p e c i f i cr e q u i r e m e n t sd u et os p e c i a ls h a p e so fm a n u f a c t u r i n g processesshallbeasspecifiedintheappropriatespecifications. 6 . 7 . 1 . 1 Method. I n s p e c t i o n of t h e bond o fw e l dd e p o s i t e do v e r l a yc l a d d i n g The t r a n s d u c e r may b e f i t t e d t o b a s e material s h a l lb eb yt h ec o n t a c tm e t h o d . w i t ha p p r o p r i a t es h o e s ,w e d g e s ,o rs a d d l e sf o rt e s t i n g o nc u r v e ds u r f a c e so ra t desired angles. 6 . 7 . 2T r a n s d u c e r s .T r a n s d u c e r ss h a l ln o tb el a r g e rt h a n 1 i n c hs q u a r e 1 0 . 0 MHz. o r1 - 1 / 8i n c hd i a m e t e r , and s h a l l o p e r a t e w i t h i n a r a n g e . o f2 . 2 5t o 6 . 7 . 3C a l i b r a t i o n of t e s t equipment. Calibration of u l t r a s o n i c t e s t equipment s h a l l b e p e r f o r m e d on a r e f e r e n c e c a l i b r a t i o n b l o c k t o e s t a b l i s h a d e q u a t es e n s i t i v i t yf o rt e s t i n g . The c a l i b r a t i o nb l o c k ss h a l l meet t h e s u r f a c e f i n i s hr e q u i r e m e n t s of 6 . 2 . 2 . The c a l i b r a t i o n b l o c k s s h a l l b e p r e p a r e d byweld depositedcladding,pads,orbutteringonto a b l o c ko ft h e same S-number b a s e material a st h ep r o d u t i o np a r t( S - 1a n d S-3 a r ec o n s i d e r e de q u i v a l e n t ) . The weld deposited metal used mustbe of t h e same A-number a s t h a t on t h e p r o d u c t i o n p a r t t o b e examined and may bedeposited by anyapprovedweldingprocess.In a d d i t i o n ,t h ef o l l o w i n gr e q u i r e m e n t si n( a )t h r o u g h( f )s h a l lb e met ( t h e S numbers andA-numbers f o r b a s e m e t a l andweldmetalaredefinedin MIL-STD-278):

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

55
Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

?lIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986 The m i c r o i n c hs u r f a c ef i n i s h of t h e c a l i b r a t i o n b l o c k s h a l l be equal to or greater than the production part to beinspected. (b) The c a l i b r a t i o nb l o c kb a s em a t e r i a ls h a l lb ee q u a li nt h i c k n e s s totheproductionpartbasematerialexceptthat,forthicknesses exceeding 1 i n c h , t h e c a l i b r a t i o n b l o c k b a s e m a t e r i a l may be 1 inch or g r e a t e r .F o rw e l d i n gl a r g ef l a t , o r e s s e n t i a l l yf l a t s u r f a c e s , a 6 - i n c h s q u a r e s h a l l be t h e minimum a c c e p t a b l e calibration block. ( c ) The w e l dm e t a lt h i c k n e s so ft h ec a l i b r a t i o nb l o c ks h a l lb e withinplusor minus 25 p e r c e n t o f t h a t on t h e p r o d u c t i o n p a r t . ( d )T h et r a n s d u c e rc o n t a c ta r e a of t h e p r o d u c t i o n p a r t s h a l l b e equal to or greater than the transducer contact area on t h e calibration block. ( e )F o rc o n v e xp r o d u c t i o ns u r f a c e s ,t h ec a l i b r a t i o nb l o c ks h a l l beconvexwith a radiusofcurvatureequaltoor less t h a n t h e production surface to be examined. ( f )F o r c o n c a v ep r o d u c t i o ns u r f a c e s ,t h ec a l i b r a t i o nb l o c k may be f l a t o r concavewith a r a d i u s o f c u r v a t u r e e q u a l t o or greater than the production surface to be examined. (9) A n a r e ao ft h eb l o c ka p p r o x i m a t e l y 2 i n c h e ss q u a r es h a l lh a v e t h eb a c k i n gm a t e r i a l removed, l e a v i n go n l yt h ec l a d d i n g . A n u l t r a s o n i c t h i c k n e s s measurement a t 2.25 M H z shallbeestablished i nt h i sa r e a ,r e p r e s e n t i n g unbond. The t h i c k n e s sp a t t e r n obtainedintheareaofintegralcladding and b a s e m a t e r i a l s h a l l r e p r e s e n t good bondand t h e f i r s t c l e a r l y v i s i b l e r e f l e c t i o n from t h e o p p o s i t e s i d e of t h e b l o c k s h a l l n o t exceed f u l l s c r e e n a m p l i t u d e .C a l i b r a t i o ns h a l lb eo b t a i n e dw i t ht h es e a r c hu n i t moving across t h e s u r f a c e a t a p p r o x i m a t e l y t h e same speedas t h a t t o beusedduringtheinspection.
6 . 7 . 4 Scanning. Scanning shall be performed manually or automatically a d i r e c t e d p a t h o r bymoving t h e m a t e r i a l i n a by moving t h e s e a r c h u n i t i n directedpathwiththesearchunitstationary.Scanningshallbeperformed at a uniform r a t e of s p e e d d e t e r m i n e d d u r i n g c a l i b r a t i o n , s o t h a t any i n d i c a t i o n relative to the quality of the material shall bedetected. 6.7.4.1 Continuous scanningU . nless otherwise specified in the approp r i a t es p e c i f i c a t i o n s ,t h ec o n t i n u o u ss c a n n i n gp r o c e d u r es h a l lb ef o l l o w e d . A l l t e s t i n g s h a l l be performed with the search unit in contact with the clad s u r f a c e . Sound t r a n s m i s s i o n i n t o t h e b a s e m a t e r i a l s h a l l beconfirmed by observingthecompositethicknesspattern as o b t a i n e d from t h e good bond a r e a of t h ec a l i b r a t i o nb l o c k . When t h e back r e f l e c t i o n i s l o s t due t o n o n p a r a l l e l surfacesofthebase materials, t r a n s m i s s i o n s h a l l b e c o n f i r m e d by t h e t e s t specified in 6 . 7 . 4 . 3 . 6.7.4.2 Intermittent scanning. Scanning shall be performed along special p a t h s o r on g r i d l i n e s . The d i s t a n c e between p a t h s o r l i n e s s h a l l b e fied in the appropriate specification when t h e method i s r e q u i r e d .

(a)

as s p e c i -

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

S6

Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

-.

- .

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

MIL-STD-271F N D 9 77777LL 0 0 5 7 8 7 7 T
NIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986

6 . 7 . 4 . 3C a l i b r a t i o nf o ru l t r a s o n i ct e s t i n go fn o n p a r a l l e ls u r f a c e s . Testequipmentshallbecalibratedwiththe same c a l i b r a t i o n b l o c k a s s p e c i f i e d i n6 . 7 . 3 . The t h i c k n e s sp a t t e r ns h a l lb eo b s e r v e d by s c a n n i n go v e rt h ec l a d s u r f a c e where the backing material has been removed, and the equipment shall be s e t t o d e m o n s t r a t e a f u l ls c r e e nb a c kr e f l e c t i o n .U s i n gt h e s es e t t i n g s ,t h e operatorshallscanoverthecompositethicknessofthecladdingandthebacking material a n d n o t e t h e n o r m a l b a c k r e f l e c t i o n from t h e good bond. 6.7.4.4 Continuous scanning of nonparalles l u r f a c eU . nless otherwise test surface specified i n theapplicablespecifications,eachpassacrossthe s h a l l o v e r l a p 25 p e r c e n t o f t h e p r e v i o u s p a s s u n t i l t h e e n t i r e s u r f a c e h a s beenscanned. The equipment s e t t i n g s e s t a b l i s h e d i n 6 . 7 . 4 . 3 c a l i b r a t i o n s h a l l be used. 6.7.5 Marking. When an i n d i c a t i o n in excess of acceptance standards occurs,thematerialshallbeappropriately marked. 6 . 7 . 6 Flaw p l o t t i n g . Each d e f e c ts h a l lb ee x p l o r e du l t r a s o n i c a l l yt o determine i t s s i z e . T h ee d g eo ft h ed e f e c ts h a l lb ed e t e r m i n e d by moving t h e search unit toward the defect and n o t i n g t h e p o s i t i o n o f t h e l e a d i n g e d g e o f t h e t r a n s d u c e r when t h e d e f e c t f i r s t a p p e a r s . The l e n g t h o f t h e d e f e c t s h a l l be determined by c o n t i n u i n g t o move t h e s e a r c h u n i t a c r o s s t h e d e f e c t i v e a r e a and n o t i n g t h e t r a i l i n g e d g e o f t h e t r a n s d u c e r when t h e i n d i c a t i o n d i s a p p e a r s . The d i s t a n c e between d e f e c t s s h a l l b e d e t e r m i n e d b y m e a s u r i n g t h e s h o r t e s t d i s t a n c e between t h e i r e d g e s r e g a r d l e s s o f i n d i c a t i o n a m p l i t u d e a t t h e s e p o i n t s . 7.

EDDY CURRENT TESTING

7 . 1 Scope. The i n s p e c t i o n process covered i s f o rt h ed e t e c t i o n of s u r f a c ec r a c k s of ferromagneticandnonferromagneticmaterials.This method may only be used when a u t h o r i z e d by t h e f a b r i c a t i o n document, m i l i t a r y s p e c i f i cation,orother NAVSEA approval.
7 . 2D e f i n i t i o n s . The d e f i n i t i o n ss p e c i f i e di n a p p l i c a b l e t o eddycurrenttesting.

7 . 2 . 1 t h r o u g h7 . 2 . 3a r e

7 . 2 . 1 End ( e d g e )e f f e c t . The masking of measurement d a t ac a u s e d by distortion of the magnetic field when t h e p r o b e i s n e a r a n y t e s t s p e c i m e n - t o - a i r boundary, f o r example, ends, holes, and edges. 7 . 2 . 2L i f t - o f fe f f e c t . The e f f e c tt ot h et e s ts y s t e mo u t p u td u et o change i n magneticcouplingbetween a t e s t specimenandtheprobecoil, whenever t h e d i s t a n c e o f s e p a r a t i o n b e t w e e n them i s v a r i e d . 7 . 2 . 3S t a n d - o f f .T h eo v e r a l ld i s t a n c eb e t w e e nt h ep r o b ea n dt h es u r f a c e o f t h e t e s t specimen, t h a t i s , t h e p r o t e c t i v e t a p e t h i c k n e s s p l u s t h e thicknessofthepaintorrust. a

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

57

Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

VIL-STD-27LF N D

97797LL 0 0 5 9 8 7 8 L m

NIL-STD-271F(SK)
27 June 1986

7.3

Eddy c u r r e n t inspection requirements.

7.3.1 G e n e r arle q u i r e m e n t s . 7 . 3 . 1 . 1 Method. The o v e r a l li n s p e c t i o np r o c e s ss h a l lc o n s i s to f a p p l y i n gt h ee d d yc u r r e n tt e s t (ET) t e c h n i q u e t o d e t e c t s u r f a c e c r a c k s i n t h e item i n s p e c t e d . Any portionsoftheitemwhichproduce ET f l o wi n d i c a t i o n s thatequalorexceedtheindicationproduced from t h e p e r f o r m a n c e v e r i f i c a t i o n blockshallbeinspected by m a g n e t i c p a r t i c l e i n s p e c t i o n f o r f e r r o u s m a t e r i a l s or l i q u i d p e n e t r a n t i n s p e c t i o n f o r n o n - f e r r o u s m a t e r i a l s , a c c e p t a n c e / r e j e c t i o n s h a l l be t o t h e FlT/PT c r i t e r i a e s t a b l i s h e d by 1 . 3 . 7 . 3 . 1 . 2S u r f a c ef i n i s h . The s u r f a c ef o rt h e eddy c u r r e n tt e s ts c a n n i n g d o e sn o tr e q u i r ep a i n tr e m o v a l ,b u t i t s h a l l bereasonably smoothand c l e a n . I t s h a l l b ef r e eo f any s u b s t a n c e t h a t m i g h t i n h i b i t f r e e movement of t h e probe along the scan path. 7.3.2 Procedure. Eddy c u r r e n t inspection procedures shall contain, as minimum, t h ef o l l o w i n gi n f o r m a t i o n . Materialtobetested. Summary of process used. Equipment d e s c r i p t i o n . Performance verification description. Personnelqualifications. Surface preparation. Calibration/standardization t e c h n i q u e . Scanning technique. Readouttechnique. Evaluation C ri t e r i a . Recording and reporting requirements.
7.3.3 following:

Records. Records of eddy current inspection shall contain the Description anduniqueidentification of i t e m i n s p e c t e d . Approved p r o c e d u r e i d e n t i f i c a t i o n . Instrumentmanufacturerand model number. Probe description. M a t e r i a lt y p e . Acceptance standard used. Date of i n s p e c t i o n . S i g n a t u r e so fi n s p e c t o r s .

7.4 Equipment requirements. The i n s p e c t i o n equipment shall include the eddy c u r r e n t i n s t r u m e n t , p r o b e , p r o b e c o a x i a l c a b l e and a performance verification reference block.

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

58
Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

MIL-STD-27iF

ND

9 7 7 7 7 3 3 0059899 3

FIIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June1986

7 . 4 . 1 Eddy c u r r e n ti n s t r u m e n t . The i n s t r u m e n t a t i o ns h a l l be capable of s i g n a l e v a l u a t i o n by b o t h v i s u a l ( m e t e r r e a d o u t ) andaudiosoundpitchvariations throughconnectingheadphonesoran X-Y s t o r a g e d i s p l a y o s c i l l o s c o p e . The a means f o r e l i m i n a t i n g t h e t o t a l s t a n d o f f ( l i f t o f f ) circuits shall provide v a r i a b l ei nt h ee v a l u a t i o no f test results. It s h a l lb ec a p a b l e of d e t e c t i n g the notch in the performance verification block being used. 7 . 4 . 2P e r f o r m a n c ev e r i f i c a t i o nr e f e r e n c eb l o c k . A b l o c ko ft h e same m a t e r i a lt y p et h a t i s t ob ei n s p e c t e d . The block may b ea n yc o n v e n i e n ts i z e p r o v i d e d t h a t it doesnotpresentanedge-effectproblem. The b l o c k s h a l l c o n t a i n a n o t c h t h a t i s 0.015inchdeep by 0.250 inch long with a width of 0.010 i n c h (maximum dimensions). . B l o c k s u s e d f o r i n s p e c t i o n o f w e l d s i n t h e as-welded condition shall be of the same a s - w e l d e d c o n d i t i o n w i t h t h e n o t c h e s p o s i t i o n e d on t h e w e l d .
--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

7.5

O n - s i t e verification/standardization.

7.5.1 V e r i f i c a t i o nP . rior to s t a n d a r d i z a t i o np , erform instrument v e r i f i c a t i o n t e s t u s i n gp e r f o r m a n c ev e r i f i c a t i o nb l o c k .T h i s test s h a l l produce a u s e a b l e r e s p o n s e f o r b o t h a u d i o andmeteroutputsoroscilloscope d i s p l a y , as a p p l i c a b l e . 7.5.2 Standardization. The eddy c u r r e n t instrumentation shall be standardized(testcalibration) on s i t e a t a n e x p e r i m e n t a l l y d e t e r m i n e d d e f e c t - f r e e area r e p r e s e n t a t i v e of t h ei t e mt ob ei n s p e c t e d .S t a n d a r d i z a t i o n s h a l lb ea c c o m p l i s h e d as f o l l o w s : ( a )I m m e d i a t e l yp r i o rt os t a r t i n ga ni n s p e c t i o n . (b) Whenever a ni n s p e c t i o nh a sb e e ni n t e r r u p t e d by t h e equipment being turned off or left unattended by t h e i n s p e c t o r . ( c ) Whenever t h ei n s p e c t o rh a sr e a s o nt os u s p e c tt h a tc o n d i t i o n s affecting the standardization have changed. (d) When i n u s e , a t l e a s te v e r y 4 h o u r s . 7.6 T e s t technique.

7 . 6 . 1 Toe of weld s c a n . With t h e p r o b e o r i e n t e d p a r a l l e l t o t h e w e l d l o n g i t u d i n a la x i s ,s c a na l o n ge a c ht o eo ft h ew e l d .E n s u r et h a tt h ep r o b e is maintained at a constant attitude to the toe of the weld, keeping the working e d g eo ft h ep r o b ei nf u l lc o n t a c t .M o n i t o rt h e weld c o n d i t i o n by n o t i n g t h e varying response o f t h e m e t e r and t h e a u d i o s i g n a l o r o s c i l l o s c o p e d i s p l a y . Avoid rocking the probe or tilting it i n a p o s i t i o n o t h e r t h a n as used i n t h e s t a n d a r d i z a t i o n (see f i g u r e 1 9 f o r optimum p o s i t i o n i n g ) . 7 . 6 . 2 Weld s c a n . With t h ep r o b eo r i e n t e dp a r a l l e lt oo n ew e l dt o es c a n a l o n gt h ew e l df o rt h ed e s i r e dd i s t a n c e .R e p e a tt h i ss c a n n i n gp r o c e s sa l o n g t h ew e l d crown u n t i l o p p o s i t e t o e i s reached. Each s c a no ft h ep r o b ea l o n g t h e weldcrown s h a l l n o t b e g r e a t e r t h a n 1/8 i n c h from t h e p r e v i o u s s c a n . weld should also be scanned in the transverse direction.

The

59
Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

MIL-STD-27LF N D W 77777LL 00577O b


NIL-STD-ZilF(SI) 27 June 1986

7 . 6 . 3 I n s p e c t i o no fs u r f a c e so t h e rt h a nw e l d s . With t h ep r o b eo r i e n t e d a t a c o n s i s t e n t a t t i t u d e t o t h e work piece, keep the working face of the probe infullcontactwiththe work p i e c e a t a l l t i m e s d u r i n g s c a n n i n g . To ensure d e t e c t i o n of l i n e a r i n d i c a t i o n s h a v i n g a x i s i n any d i r e c t i o n , a t l e a s t two s e p a r a t e s c a n s s h a l l be made i n e a c h a r e a , t h e s e c o n d s c a n s h a l l b e a t r i g h t anglestothatusedinthefirst. Each s c a n o f t h e p r o b e s h a l l n o t b e g r e a t e r t h a n1 / 8i n c h from t h e p r e v i o u s s c a n .
8.

VISUAL INSPECTION

i s t o d e t e r m i n et h a ta l lw e l d s 8 . 1 Scope. The v i s u a li n s p e c t i o np r o c e s s and a d j a c e n t b a s e m a t e r i a l s b e i n s p e c t e d a s r e q u i r e d t o comply w i t h a p p l i c a b l e procedures,drawings,andfabricationdocuments.

8.2 Reference standard. Visual inspection reference standards , as referredtointhissection,refer t o t h o s ed e v i c e st h a ta r eu s e da s an a i d to visual inspection such as workmanshipsamplesand sketches or photographs o fw e l d so rs u r f a c e s . Each a c t i v i t y s h a l l b er e s p o n s i b l ef o rp r e p a r a t i o no f the r e f e r e n c e s t a n d a r d s s p e c i f i e d i n t h a t a c t i v i t y ' s v i s u a l i n s p e c t i o n procedure. 8.3 Procedure requirements. The v i s u a li n s p e c t i o np r o c e d u r es h a l l c o n t a i n ,a s a minimum, t h ef o l l o w i n gi n f o r m a t i o n : (a) Personnel qualification requirements. (b) Type o fw e l d so rs u r f a c e st ob ei n s p e c t e d . ( c )M e a s u r i n gd e v i c e s ,v i s u a la i d s ,o rr e f e r e n . c eo rw o r k i n g standards. ( d ) L i s t of i n s p e c t i o na t t r i b u t e s( v i s u a lc h a r a c t e r i s t i c s ) . (e) Lighting requirements. ( f )A c c e p t a n c ec r i t e r i a and c l a s s i f i c a t i o n o f d e f e c t s . (g) Record requirements. 8.4 Inspection techniques. Visual inspection need not be performed employingmagnification,unlessotherwisespecifiedintheapplicable f a b r i c a t i o n document. When a r e f e r e n c es t a n d a r d is r e q u i r e d and m a g n i f i c a t i o n , such as a borescopeormagnifyingglass i s employed, evaluationandacceptance s h a l l b e b a s e d upon comparison with a r e f e r e n c e s t a n d a r d where both magnified andunmagniffedappearancecanbedetermined. 8.5 Dimensional inspection accuracy. Each a c t i v i t ys h a l li n s u r et h a t t h ed i m e n s i o n a li n s p e c t i o nt e c h n i q u e s ,i n c l u d i n gm e a s u r i n gd e v i c e s ,v i s u a la i d s , and r e f e r e n c e or w o r k i n g s t a n d a r d s , a r e c a p a b l e ofmeasuringthespecified dimensions of the items under inspection, with the required precision. 8 . 6L i g h t i n g . p r o p e re v a l u a t i o n . The i n s p e c t i o na r e as h a l l be adequately illuminated for
--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

60
Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

9.
--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

NOTES
S u b j e c t term (key word) listing.

9.1

Circular magnetization Compressional wave Continuousscanning Eddy c u r r e n t t e s t i n g I n t e r m i t t e n ts c a n n i n g Liquid penetrant testing Longitudinal magnetization Longitudinal wave Magnetic p a r t i c l e t e s t i n g Material thickness Multiplefilmtechnique Penetrameter Radiographicinspection Radiographic shooting sketch Radioisotope radiography Shear wave Specimen t h i c k n e s s Ultrasonic testing V i s u a li n s p e c t i o n X-rayradiography Yoke magnetization 9 . 2 Changes from p r e v i o u si s s u e .A s t e r i s k sa r en o tu s e di nt h i sr e v i s i o n issue due t o t h e e x t e n s i v e n e s s t o i d e n t i f y changeswithrespecttotheprevious of t h e c h a n g e s .

Preparing activity: SH Navy ( P r o j e c t NDTI -N048)

61
Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

- ~-

27 June 1986

20 PCRCEM SEhslTlVlN LEVEL (2 -2T)

THICKNESS OF MATERIAL THROUGH WHICH

RADIATION MUST PASS (INCHES)


SH 13202656
FIGURE 1. Recomnended X-ray voltagesettings and radioisotope sources t o be used with various steel and similar alloys.

62

, Y
Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

NIL-STD-27lF(SH) 27 June 1986

20 PERCENT SENSITIVITY LEVEL (2-2T)

Co 60
Cs 137
I
r
" " " 1 1 "

+EEmbhz"I

I I I

."

.I

.I5 .2

. 3 A.5.6.7.8.91.0

3 4 5678910 1 5 20

THICKNESS OF MATERIAL THROUGH WHICH THE RADIATION MUST PASS (INCHES)

SH 13202657
FIGURE 2 . Recommended X - r a yv o l t a g es e t t i n g s and r a d i o i s o t o p es o u r c e s t o be used with various copper-base and similar alloys.

63
--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

SPECIMEN THICKNESS (INCHES)

I
I

SH 13202658
FIGURE 3. Recormended X-ray voltagesettings and radioisotope sources t o be used with various aluminum, magnesium and similar alloys.

64

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS


-.

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

A THICKNESS OF PENETRAMETER 0,005 INmTOANDINCLUDING MIN PENETRAMETER THICKNESS MIN DIA FOR I T HOLE MIN DIA FOR 2T HOLE MIN DIA FOR 4T HOLE

= 0.050 IN.

4T DIA.

(T)

HOLESSHALLBE TRUE AND NORMALTO THE SURFACE OF THE PENETRAMETER DO NOT CHAMFER PLACE IDENTI FICATION NUMBERSHERE
L

FROM 0.005 IN TO 0 . 0 2 0 IN FROM 0 , 0 2 0 IN TO 0.050 IN,


B THICKNESS OF PENETRAMETER = OVER 0.050 IN. TOANDINCLUDING

C TOLERANCE ON C TOLERANCE ON

(T) +oOOO1 IN. (T) IN.

2,%8!25

01160 IN@

TOLERANCE ON THICKNESS (T) k ~ 0 0 5 I N .

THICKNESS OF PENETRAMETER = OVER 0 . 1 6 0 IN.

TOLERANCE ON THICKNESS (T) f . 0 1 0 IN.


--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

DIMENSIONAL TOLERANCES LENGTH AND WIDTH DIAMETERHOLE SH 13202626 HOLE LOCATION


OR DIAMETER
I/64 IN. +IO PERCENT f1/64 IN.

FIGURE 4 .

Penetrameter d e s i g n s .

65

Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

MIL-STD-271F N D

m 799971L
~~ ~

0059906 7
~~

IlILiSTD-271F(SH)

27 June 1986

GROUP

GROUP

GROUP

GROUP

GROUP

S H 13202627
FIGURE 4 A .

Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

I.

II

111

DETAIL OF NOTCHES IV

Penetrameter identification notching.

66
Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

27 June 1986

- .... ._.. -. .~~ . . ._ -:$: . " . : .-.. . . . ............ ......... . . . . . . . . . . . . .-. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


..

I
67

: . _

Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

PlIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986

3.0X 2.8X
3

2.6X
n

2
! a

E-l

2.4X 2.2x 2.ox

k W

3 i3 5 W
$

I .8X
I .6X

I .2x

I .ox
--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

1/8 1 1 4

V 2 314 I 1 1 1 4 1-112 SOURCE LENGTH (INCHES)

1-314

SH 12546

NOTE:

To f i n d t h e SFD t o u s ew i t h a g i v e ns o u r c e ,f i n dt h e minimum SFD from 3 . 3 . 6 , and m u l t i p l y t h i s v a l u e by t h e l e n g t h - f a c t o r from t h e above curve.


FIGURE 4C. Recommended i n c r e a s ei ns o u r c e - t o - f i l md i s t a n c ef o r v a r i o u sr a d i o i s o t o p es o u r c e sw i t hl e n g t h sg r e a t e r than 1/8 inch.

68
Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

MIL-STD-271F(SH)
27 June 1986

RADIATION

FIG. 5-1
SINGLEWALL NO REINFORCEMENT, h0 BACK-UP -STRIP.
I

11111
r
1 FILM

SEE NOTE A'

RADIATION

FIG. 5-2
SINGLE WALL, WELD REINFORCEMENT,NO BACK-UP STRIP

SEE MEA'

5-3 FIG.
SINGLE WALL,WELD REINFORCEMENT, BACK-UP STRIP

RADIATION

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

.c

a
*

SEE NOTEA

/
P

RADIATION

FIG. 5-4
SINGLE WALL, INTEGRAL BACKING RING, WELD REINFORCEMENT.
v I SYMBOLS P=PENETRAMETER Sh=SHIM SEE NOTE t,=MATERIAL THICKNOTE NESS UPON WHlCh A A THE PENETRAMETER NOTE THE A:'ER I S EASED. 1, =SPECIMENTHICKNESS
, . , Y U L U

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

THE NOTE A:

'+

SHALL BE FILM SHALL BE LOCATED Ac. N hpc A SPOSSIBLE POSSIBLE TO THE AS CLOSE AS ING RADIOGRAPHED. OBJECTBEING RADIOGRAPHED.

SH 12549

FIGURE 5 .

Examples of m a t e r i a lt h i c k n e s s t h i c k n e s s (Ts).

(Tm) and specimen

69
Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

MIL-STD-27LF
~~ ~~

ND

.~

m 77777LL
~~ ~~

0057730 7

IIIL-STD-Z71F(SH) 27 June 1986

RADIATION

REINFORCEMENT SINGLE WALL WELD CLADDING RE~EPOSITEDOVER WEU> th BASE METAL, NOTE EVENTHOUGHTHEBASEMATERIAL MAY BE CLADDED ON BOTH SIDES,THE THICKNESS ON WHICH THE PENETRAMETER IS BASED IS STILL T E ORlGlNAl THICKNESS OF THE BASEMATERIAL.
--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

8 .

RADIATION

FIG, 5-6 DOUBLE WALL, DOUBLE WALL VIEWING WELD REINFORCEMENT AND B A ~ K - U P STRIP, PENETRAMETER IS BASED ON THE DOUBLE WALL THICKNESS. SEE TABLE

m.

*2%

OF 2tmFOR 2-LEVEL, I% OF 2tmFOR I- LEVEL, AND 4% OF 2tm FOR 4 -LEVEL RADIOGRAPHY


NOTE C, THE THICKNESS OF THE SHIM FOR RADIOGRAPHY OF A CONSUMABLE INSERT WELD SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH FIG. 5-2, NOTE A. THE FILM SHALL BE LOCATEDAS CLOSE AS POSSIBLE TO THE OBJECT BEING RADIOGRAPHED,

SH 12549 FIGURE 5 .

Examples of material thckness(T,) and specimen t h i c k n e s s( T s ) . Continued

70
Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

NLL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986

RADIATION

NOTE A. THE THICKNESS OF THE SHIM FOR RADIOGRAPHY OFA CONSUMABLE INSERT WELD SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH FIG. 5-2.

NOTEB. THE FILM SHALL BE LOCATED AS CLOSEAS POSSIBLE TO THE OBJECTBEING RADIOGRAPHED.

PI

r i
\

FIGURE

5-7

DOUBLEWALL,SINGLEWALLVIEWING ONLY THE PORTIONOF THE WELD NEXT TO THE FILM IS TO BE VIEWED. PENETRAMETER (Pl) MAYBEPLACED INSIDE OF PIPE FOR EACH EXPOSURE, OR A TECHNIQUE SHOT, AS SHOWN, MAY ESTABLISH WHICH FILM-SIDE PENETRAMETER (P2'P3,OR P J SHALL BE USED IN SUBSEQUENTEXPOSURES,

IF INSIDE OF PIPE IS NOT ACCESSIBLE.

SH 12549

FIGURE 5. Examples of material thickness (Tm) and specimen


thickness ( T s ) .

Continued

71
Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

IlIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986

NOTE A THE FILM SHALL BE LOCATED AS CLOSE AS POSSIBLE TO THE OBJECT BEING RADIOGRAPHED
--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

FIGURE 5-8
PENETRATION WELD, SINGLE WALL (SEE NOTE C )

NOTE B THE FILM MAY BE LOCATED INSIDE THEVESSEL 1F.A TRIAL EXPOSURE DEMONSTRATES THAT THE REQUIRED QUALITY LEVEL CAN BE OBTAINED

EXPOSURE

a
SEENOTE A OUALtFY VARIOUS THICK-

FIGURE
NOTE C PENETRAMETERS,BASED

5-9

ROOT CONNECTION WELD, SINGLE WALL (SEE NOTE c )

ON WELD THlCKNESS(t,,,fNDt,,,,j TO

NESSES OF WELD. THIRD PENETRAMETERS, BASED ON AVERAGE THICKNESS O F WELD TO BE USED I F REQUIRED. MULTIPLE EXPOSURE IF NECESSARY TO OBTAIN READABLE DENSITY OVER COMPLETE WIDTH OF WELD.

SH 12549
FIGURE 5 , Examples o f m a t e r i a 1t h i c k n e s s t h i c k n e s s (Ts). - C o n t i n u e d (T,,,) and specimen

a
72
Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Corp Specs/9957810104 . Licensee=VSE . Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

MIL-STD-271F

ND

m 7737711

0057733 L I

FIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986

EIGHT LOW CARBON STEEL PIE SECTfONS, FURNACE BRAZED TOGETHER.

' /
\I
"
/

NONFERROUS HANDLE OF ANY CONVENIENT LENGTH

----y\--\

'

&

MAX.

WELD BRAZE OR MECHANICALLY ATTACH 'NONFERROUS TRUNNiONS.

"

7COPPER

PLATE, ABOUT 0.010 INCH

t
SH 12550

FIGURE 6.

Magnetic field indicator.

73
Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

~~

~"

MIL-STD-273F

ND

9777933 0057934

b W

PIIL- STD - 2 7 1F ( S I ) 27 June 1986

Sound Beam Entrance

SH 12551

FIGURE 7. Skip distance example. -

74
Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

MIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986

SH 13202629

FIGURE 7A. Accepted scanning techniques for butt welds.

75
Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

bIIL-STD-Z71F(SH) 27 June 1986

IO
9

UP

7
AMPLITUDE 6

OF HIGH SIGNAL

5
4

3
2
I

I I.5

I
2

I 2 , s

RATIO OF HIGH SIGNAL To LOW SIGNAL

SH 13202630
FIGURE 8. -Typical ultrasonic calibration plot for vertical linearity.

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

MIL-STD-272F
~~ ~~~~ ~~

N D m 9939933 0059937 3 W
~ ~~ ~~

NIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986

SURFACE FINISH T O BE APPROXIMATELY 125 ra AS COMPARED TO SURFACE FINISH STANDARDS 6 - 3/64 DIA THROUGH HOLES

T 1-112
*
--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

T 1-3/4

T
2 2-V4 J2

2- 1/2

2-3/4

9
D

A l l dimensions in inches.

SH 12553

FIGURE 9 .

Typical reference calibration standard (sensitivity).

77
Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

PIIL-STD-271F(SHj 27 June 1986

1
--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

DRL

Al I dimensions in inches.
SH 12554

FIGURE 1 0 .

Typicalviewingscreencalibration(buttwelds) ( w i t h dB c o n t r o l ) .

ARL

[I /4
I

3/4
1

I -1/4

1/2

I
1-1/2

k-3/4 2-1/4
I

DRL

A l l dimensions in inches.
SH 12555

.
FIGURE 11.
T y p i c a lv i e w i n gs c r e e nc a l i b r a t i o n( b u t tw e l d s ) (without dB c o n t r o l ) .

78
Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

-MIL-STD-27 1F (SH) 27 June 1986


--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

SCANNING PROCEDURES

FOR WELDS NOT GROUND FLUSH

SCANNINGPROCEDURES

FOR WELDS GROUND

FLUSH

SH 12556

FIGURE 12.

Scanning procedures for welds.

79
Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

NIL-STD-Z71F(SH)
27 June 1986

WIDTH OF INSPECTION ZONE

Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

THROUGH MEMBER

INSPECTION ZONE

ATTACHMENT MEMBER

AI I dimensions ininches.

SH

12557

FIGURE 13.

Scanning procedure for tee welds.

80
Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

~lIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986

IO

DRL

All dimensions in inches. PL = Plats thickness.


SH 12558 FIGURE 1 4 .

T y p i c a lv i e w i n gs c r e e nc a l i b r a t i o n( t e ew e l d s ) (with dB c o n t r o l ) .

I I

IV

ARL

7 6 5
4

3 2
I O
- a

DRL

SH 12559

All dimensions in inches. PL= Plate thickness.


FIGURE 15. T y p i c a lv i e w i n gs c r e e nc a l i b r a t i o n( t e ew e l d s ) (without dB c o n t r o l ) .

81
Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

4 3 2 I O

:1

ARL

I
--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

INSPECTION ZONE

1 /
T

'

SH 12560

FIGURE 16. Surface opposite attachment

member a c c e s s i b l e .

j,

,I\

INSPECTION ZONE

-!./

I/THE INSPECTIONZONEMAYBEEXPANDED AS NECESSARYWITHIN THE PLATE OR WEID. THE SAMESCANNINGPROCEDURESMAY BE APPLIED TOPARTIALPENETRATION TEE WELDS.

SH 12561

FIGURE 1 7 .

S u r f a c eo p p o s i t ea t t a c h m e n t

member n o ta c c e s s i b l e .

Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

MIL-STD-27LF N D m 77777LL 0 0 5 7 7 2 3 7 W
MIL-STD-27 1F (SH) 27 June 1986

HIP RAME

WELO IDENnFlCATlON I STATION

OlSCONTlNUlTlES

PORT 0 STBD
OCOMP

0 DOT. 0 OTHER
UT IN LIEU OF

3 FULL SKIP 3 HALF SKIP


J ACCEPTABLE

0 OTHER

IrnpeCtlon Surface

0 RT

MT

A : !H E R

7 UNACCEPTABLE 0 INSlOE
LATE MATERIAL

0 OUTSIDE
WELD WlOTH

O OTHER

PLATE THICKNESS
-hStIlhllWlt

K R . and MOOEL NUMBER

SERIAL NO.
Transducr SFRIAL NO.

REOUENCY OUPLANT EST PROCEOURE YSPECTED BY

SIZE

ANGLE

CALIBRATION STO.NO.
I

ACCEPTANCE STO. RECEIVE0 BY OATE WELO JOB NO. OROER LENGTH REOUESTEO WELO LENGTH INSPECTE0

0 ACCEPT 0 REJECT

MELO JOINTOETAIL-

t I

STA
A

PLAN VIEW

STA
--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

SH 12562 FIGURE 18.

U l t r a s o n i c weld i n s p e c t i o nr e c o r d .

83
Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

. . Corp Specs/9957810104 Licensee=VSE Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

MIL-STD-271F ND W 7 7 7 7 7 1 1 0 0 5 7 7 2 4 7 W
~ ~~

FIIL-STD-27 lF(SH) 27 June 1986

SECTIONAL V!EWS Note that the centerlmo of the proba approximately bisects the angle of the weld profile exposed I t the Tor area.

(Le., L A=Z L E)

Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Note lhat the working edge of the probe is ln full alinement with the weld bead at the toeorea.
i

'

SH 12563

FIGURE 19. Recommended probe-to-weld attitude for eddy current


standardization and scanning operations.

RLC
U.8.
60VERNIIENt PRINTXNB OFFICE:
"

1986

- bOS-056/44796

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

You might also like